Sph4u Solutions (Unit 2)

Copyright 2003 Nelson Unit 2 Are You Ready?
231
Unit 2 Energy and Momentum

ARE YOU READY?

(Pages 174175)
Knowledge and Understanding
1. Some forms of energy are the chemical potential energy stored in the gasoline, kinetic energy, gravitational potential
energy, thermal energy (heat from the motor), and sound.
2. (a) mass
(b) energy
(c) force
(d) power
3. joule James Joule
newton Isaac Newton
watt James Watt
4. The work you do on the box depends on its mass, m, the gravitational field strength, g, and the vertical height it is raised,
y.
Inquiry and Communication
5. (a)
29.5 25.1
100% 14.9%
29.5
=
The percentage of initial kinetic energy lost is 14.9%.
(b) The energy did not cease to exist, but was converted into other forms (likely heat and sound).
6. (a) The measure the efficiency of this incline, you would need to know the distance up the ramp, the force applied, the
mass of the sled and child and the vertical height. If you knew the angle that the hill was compared to the horizontal,
you could calculate the vertical height from the length up the slope using trigonometry.
(b) For 100% efficiency, there could be no friction between the sled and the ground.
7. The conservation of energy refers to the inability to create or destroy energy during an interaction. Conserving energy is
the reduction of our use of energy converted from fossil fuels and other sources to allow them to last longer.
Making Connections
8. (a) The large mass of the bus help to reduce injury because the acceleration will be small. The bumpers and body panels
also help to absorb energy to minimize the energy that will be absorbed by passengers.
(b) We could increase the safety of buses by adding more padding around passenger compartments, seat belts, and perhaps
even air bags.
(c) School busses currently have excellent safety ratings, and the added features in part (b) are expensive to install.
9. (a) The ski jumper will acquire gravitational potential energy as he is transported to the top of the hill. This gravitational
energy will be converted to kinetic energy as the jumper slides down the hill, and then reconverted back into some
gravitational energy as he jumps from the end of the ramp. All of the energy will be converted to kinetic as he reaches
the bottom of the hill (if we ignore the loss due to friction).
(b) The law of conservation of energy is what governs the energy transformations.
(c) The main safety feature of this sport is the careful construction of the hill so that the ski jumper does not experience a
large normal force from landing. Also the protection of the head by a helmet and suits minimize injury in case of a fall.
Math Skills
10. (a) W d
(b)
2
P
E x
(c)
1
P
t

(d)
2
K
E v

Copyright 2003 Nelson Unit 2 Are You Ready? 232
The graphs for (a)(d) are shown below.

11. (a) x-components: F
K
, F
A
cos
y-components: F
N
, F
A
sin , F
g

(b) x-components: F
K
, F
A
cos , F
g
sin
y-components: F
N
, F
A
sin , F
g
cos
12.

Technical Skills and Safety
13. (a) Place the air pucks on the table while it is running to see if they regularly move in one direction.
(b) The determination of speeds depends on the assumption that the speeds are constant. For a table that is not level, a
component of the force of gravity will be accelerating the objects and changing their speed and direction.
(c) Other sources of error can be vibration from motion, and air currents from a location near a ventilation duct for the
school environmental controls. You must also check equipment to make sure there are no rough edges that might catch.
14. Most sensors are electronic and have a shock hazard so the electrical equipment should be kept away from water. This is
also wise to protect the equipment. All experiments should be run slowly in a trial form to make sure that any electrical
connectors or cables do not interfere with data collection or damage the electronic devices.

CHAPTER 4 WORK AND ENERGY
Reflect on Your Learning
(Page 176)

1. A compression spring is designed to be at its maximum length when there is no force, and resist being squeezed together.
An extension spring is designed to be at its minimum length when there is no force, and resist being stretched. Some
examples of compression springs are the springs in a car and a retractable ballpoint pen. Some examples of extension
springs are bungee cords and storm door springs.
2. During the bounce of the ball, most of the kinetic energy is stored as elastic potential energy to be converted back into
kinetic energy after the bounce. Some energy is lost (converted) to unwanted forms such as heat and sound.
3. A grandfather clock uses the gravitational potential energy to operate a pendulum with a constant period.
4. (a) The work done on each cart is the same.
(b) The work done on each box would be the same since it only depends on the size of the component of force in the
direction of motion and the displacement. For each box, these values are still the same.
(c) If F
2
is not enough to overcome the frictional force, then the box will not move and no work will be done.

Copyright 2003 Nelson Chapter 4 Work and Energy 233
5.

6. The shock absorber would be a spring with a large force constant to absorb lots of energy quickly, combined with a slow
air release to prevent too much bouncing. The size would be suited to fit into the length of the forks. The forces involved
would mean the choice of a strong material, such as steel, for strength.

Try This Activity: Which Ball Wins?
(Page 177)

(a) The ball on track Y will win because it converts its gravitational energy into kinetic energy more quickly, and will speed
up more quickly than the ball on track X.
(b) The total energy of the balls remains constant down the track. The energy is just transformed from one type to another.

4.1 WORK DONE BY A CONSTANT FORCE
PRACTICE
(Pages 181182)
Understanding Concepts
1. F
1
will do more work than F
2
because the component of F
2
in the direction of motion is smaller than F
1
.
2. No. The force of kinetic friction is always acting opposite to the direction of motion. Since negative work is always
opposite the direction of motion, the kinetic friction will always do negative work.
3. Yes. The force of gravity can move an object toward itself, and therefore does positive work on that object.
4. m = 2.75 kg
(a) d = 1.37 m
W = ?

( cos )
( cos )
(2.75 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(1.37 m)
36.9 J
W F d
mg d
W
=
=
=
=

The work done to move the plant 1.37 m up is 36.9 J.
(b) y = 1.07 m
K
= 0.549
W = ?

First we must calculate the normal force acting on the potted plant:

N g
N g
N
0
0
(2.75 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
26.95 N
y y
F ma
F F
F F
mg
F
= =
=
=
=
=
=

Let F
A
be the applied force to move the potted plant horizontally:

A K
A K
N
A
0
0
(0.549)(26.95 N)
14.796 N
x x
F ma
F F
F F
F
F
= =
=
=
=
=
=

To calculate the work done on the potted plant:

A
( cos )
(14.796 N)(cos 0 )(1.07 m)
15.8 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The work done to move the plant 1.07 m across the shelf is 15.8 J.
5. m = 24.5 kg
F
= 14.2 N [22.5 below the horizontal]

d = 14.8 m
W = ?

We only need to consider the component of force in the direction of motion:

( cos )
(14.2 N)(cos 22.5 )(14.8 m)
194 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The work done by the force is 194 J.
6.
T
12.5 N [19.5 above the horizontal] F =

W = 225 J
d = ?

( cos )
cos
225 J
(12.5 N)(cos19.5 )
19.1 m
W F d
W
d
F
d
=
=
=
=

The toboggan moves 19.1 m.
7. (a) We will calculate the area using the formula for a rectangle
(4.0 N)(2.0 m)
8.0 J
A lw
A
=
=
=

The area represents the work done on the object.
(b) First calculate the area of the second portion of the graph:
( 4.0 N)(6 0 m 2.0 m)
8.0 J
A lw
.
A
=
=
=

The total work is 8.0 + (8.0) = 0.0 J
(c) One situation could be pushing a box across a table and pulling it back.
Applying Inquiry Skills
8. You could set the pen on the paper and pull the paper across the desk. The force of static friction between the paper and
the pen is in the direction of motion, doing positive work on the pen.

9. Four different situations are:
a book sitting on a desk (d = 0)
a student carrying a book at a constant speed ( = 90)
a teacher whirling a putty pat in a circle at the end of a string
a toy car travelling in a circular path
10. (a) A box being pulled by string at an angle involves the forward component doing positive work, and the vertical
component doing zero work.

(b) A box being pulled up a ramp involves the parallel component of gravity doing negative work, and the perpendicular
component of gravity doing zero work.

Section 4.1 Questions
(Page 183)
1. The everyday use of the word work is different from the usage in physics when it is referring to employment, or a duty
to perform. Working as a teacher involves very little physical work. The physics definition of work means the transfer
of energy to an object to move it a certain distance. Many types of employment or daily activities involve physical work.
For example, the sentence Loading the cement bags onto the truck was a lot of work, uses the word work similar to
the physics definition of work.
2. The centripetal force is always directed toward the centre of the circle, and is by definition perpendicular to the motion of
the object. The 90 angle means that work is not done on the object by the centripetal force.
3. As you push on a wall, you are exerting a force, which involves the use of energy. Even though no physical work is being
done, your muscles are still burning your bodys fuel, causing you to become tired.
4. Assuming the classroom to be 4 m tall, and the student to have a mass of 70 kg:

( )
3
( cos )
cos
(70 N)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(4.0 m)
3.0 10 J
W F d
mg d
W
=
=
=
=

It would take about 3.0 10
3
J, or 3.0 kJ of work to climb the ladder.
5.
A
F
= 75 N [22 below the horizontal]

T
F
= 75 N [32 above the horizontal]

(a) The work done by the boy (W
B
):

B T
B
( cos )
(75 N)(cos32 )(13 m)
826.8 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The work done by the girl (W
G
):

G A
G
( cos )
(75 N)(cos 22 )(13 m)
904.0 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The total work done:

total B G
3
total
828.8 J 904.0 J
1.73 10 J
W W W
W
= +
= +
=

The total amount of work done on the crate is 1.7 10
3
J.
(b) The crate is moving at a constant speed, so it is not gaining any energy. This means that the crate will have the same
amount of energy before and after the move, so it must have work done on it opposite the direction of motion.
Therefore, the work done on the crate by the floor is 1.7 10
3
J.
6. W = 9.65 10
2
J
d = 45.3 m
F
= 24.1 N [parallel to the handle of the sleigh]

= ?

1
1
( cos )
cos
cos
965 J
cos
(24.1 N)(45.3 m)
27.9
W F d
W
F d
W
F d
=
=

=

=

The angle between the snowy surface and the handle is 27.9.
7. (a) d = 38 m
m = 66 kg
A
F
= 58 N [18 above the horizontal]

F
N
= ?
K
= ?

First we must calculate the normal force:

N A g
N g A
A
N
0
sin18 0
sin18
sin18
(66 kg)(9.80 N/kg) (58 N) sin18
628.88 N
y y
F ma
F F F
F F F
mg F
F
= =
+ =
=
=
=
=

We then calculate the force of gravity:

A K
K A
K
0
cos18 0
cos18
(58 N) cos18
55.161 N
x x
F ma
F F
F F
F
= =
=
=
=
=

The coefficient of kinetic friction is:

K
K
N
K
55.161 N
628.88 N
0.088
F
F
=
=
=

The normal force is 6.3 10
2
N, and the coefficient of kinetic friction between the toboggan and the snow is 0.088.
(b) W = ?

3
( cos )
(55.161 N)(cos180 )(38 m)
2.1 10 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The work done by kinetic friction is 2.1 10
3
J.
(c) The normal force, the gravitational force, and the vertical component of the applied force do no work on the toboggan.
(d) d = 25 m
W = ?

3
( cos )
(58 N)(cos18 )(25 m)
1.4 10 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The work done by the parent is 1.4 10
3
J.
8. As shown below, the graph indicates that the work done on a object is positive for angles less than 90, zero for angles
equal to 90, and negative for angles between 90 and 180.

Making Connections
9. Work done by friction has the effect of heating up the environment. Most forms of energy usually end up as thermal
energy.

4.2 KINETIC ENERGY AND THE WORKENERGY THEOREM
PRACTICE
(Pages 186187)
1. The kinetic energy of a moving object is related to both the mass and the velocity. If the mass of the truck is large enough,
a slow moving truck can have more kinetic energy than a fast moving car.

2. The kinetic energy is proportional to the speed, so if the speed increases by
(a) 2, the kinetic energy will increase by a factor of 2
2
, or 4
(b) 3, the kinetic energy will increase by a factor of 3
2
, or 9
(c) 37%, the kinetic energy will increase by a factor of 1.37
2
, or 1.9
3. Assume a 75-kg student running at 8.0 m/s:

2
K
2
3
K
1
2
1
(75 kg)(8.0 m/s)
2
2.4 10 J
E mv
E
=
=
=

The kinetic energy at maximum speed is 2.4 kJ.
4. m = 45 g = 4.5 10
2
kg
v
i
= 0 m/s
v
f
= 43 m/s
(a) W = ?

( ) ( )
( )
K
2 2
f i
2 2
2
1
( )
2
1
(4.5 10 kg) 43 m/s 0 m/s
2
41.6025 J, or42 J
W E
m v v
W
=
=
=
=

The work done by the club is 42 J.
(b) d = 2.0 cm = 2.0 10
2
m
F = ?

2
3
41.6025 J
2.0 10 m
2.1 10 N
W F d
W
F
d
F
=
=
=

The average force exerted by the club is 2.1 10
3
N.
5. m = 27 g = 2.7 10
1
kg
F = 95 N
d = 31 cm = 3.1 10
1
m
v
f
= ?

K
2
f
2
f
f
1
1
f
1
(since the initial speed is zero)
2
2
2
2(95 N)(3.1 10 m)
2.7 10 kg
47 m/s
W E
F d mv
F d
v
m
F d
v
m
v
=
=
=

The final speed of the arrow is 47 m/s.
6. m = 4.55 10
4
kg
v
i
= 1.22 10
4
m/s
F = 3.85 10
5
N
d = 2.45 10
6
m
v
f
= ?


K
2 2
f i
2 2
f i
2
f i
5 6
4 2
4
4
f
1 1
2 2
1 1
2 2
2
2(3.85 10 N)(2.45 10 m)
(1.22 10 m/s)
4.55 10 kg
1.38 10 m/s
W E
F d mv mv
mv F d mv
F d
v v
m
v
=
=
= +
= +

= +
=

The final speed of the probe is 1.38 10
4
m/s.
7. m = 28.0 kg

A
F
= 95.6 N [35 above the horizontal]

F
K
= 75.5 N
v
i
= 0 m/s
d = 0.750 m
v
f
= ?

The total work done on the box will become kinetic energy. Since the initial speed is zero:

( )
( )
( )
2
f
2
A K f
2
f A K
f A K
f
1
2
1
cos35.0 cos180
2
2
cos35.0 cos180
2
cos35.0 cos180
2(0.750 m)
(95.6 N)(0.81952) (75.5 N)( 1)
20.8 kg
0.45 m/s
W mv
F d F d mv
d
v F F
m
d
v F F
m
v
=
+ =
= +
= +
= +
=

The final speed of the box is 0.45 m/s.
8. W = 1.47(cos 38 ) = 1.16
The toboggan would have increased its kinetic energy by 16%.
9. W F d =

2
2
2
N m
kg m
m
s
kg m
s
W
=
=

2
K
2
2
K
2
1
2
m
kg
s
kg m
s
E mv
E
=

=

=

The base units for both are the same.
Making Connections
10. m = 6.85 10
3
kg
v
A
= 2.81 10
3
m/s
v
B
= 8.38 10
3
m/s
W = ?

(a) The work done is equal to the change in kinetic energy

( )
K
2 2 1
B A 2
2 2
B A
3 3 2 3 2
11
1
2
1
( )
2
1
(6.85 10 kg) (8.38 10 m/s) (2.81 10 m/s)
2
2.13 10 J
W E
mv mv
m v v
W
=
=
=
=
=

(b) The work done by Earth to move the satellite from A to B is 2.13 10
11
J.

( )
K
2 2
A B
2 2
A B
3 3 2 3 2
11
1 1
2 2
1
( )
2
1
(6.85 10 kg) (2.81 10 m/s) (8.38 10 m/s)
2
2.13 10 J
W E
mv mv
m v v
W
=
=
=
=
=

The work done by Earth to move the satellite from B to A is 2.13 10
11
J.

(Page 188)
1. The first doubling will require much less energy than the second doubling of the speed. This can clearly be shown using:

2 2
f i
2 2
f i
1
( )
2
W m v v
W v v
=

To go from v to 2v:

2 2
f i
2 2
2 2
2
(2 ) ( )
4
3
W v v
v v
v v
W v
=
=
=
=

To go from 2v to 4v:

2 2
f i
2 2
2 2
2
(4 ) (2 )
16 4
11
W v v
v v
v v
W v
=
=
=
=

The first doubling of speed will require work proportional to 3 times the square of the original speed. The second
doubling will require work proportional to 11 times the square of the original speed.

2. m = 1.50 10
3
kg
v
= 18.0 m/s [E]

E
K
= ?

2
K
3 2
5
K
1
2
1
(1.5 10 kg)(18.0 m/s)
2
2.43 10 J
E mv
E
=
=
=

The kinetic energy of the car is 2.43 10
5
J.
3. (a) v = 1.150 18.0 = 20.7 m/s
E
K
= ?

2
K
3 2
5
K
1
2
1
(1.5 10 kg)(20.7 m/s)
2
3.21 10 J
E mv
E
=
=
=

The new kinetic energy of the car is 3.21 10
5
J.
(b) The increase in E
K
is:

5
5
3.21 10 J
1.32
2.43 10 J

We can verify this with (1.15)
2
= 1.32
This represents an increase in the kinetic energy of 32%.
(c) W = ?

K
5 5
4
3.21 10 J 2.43 10 J
7.8 10 J
W E
W
=
=
=

The work done to speed up the car was 7.8 10
4
J.
4. m = 55 kg
E
K
= 3.3 10
3
J
v = ?

2
K
K
3
1
2
2
2(3.3 10 J)
55 kg
11 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

The speed of the sprinter is 11 m/s.
5. v = 12 m/s
E
K
= 43 J
m = ?

2
K
K
2
2
1
2
2
2(43 J)
(12 m/s)
0.60 kg
E mv
E
m
v
m
=
=
=
=

The mass of the basketball is 0.60 kg.

6. m = 0.353 kg
d = 89.3 cm = 0.893 m
(a) W = ?

( cos )
(0.353 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(0.893 m)
3.0892 J
W mg d
W
=
=
=

The work done by gravity is 3.09 J.
(b) Using the work energy theorem,
K
W E = .
Since v
i
= 0:

2
f
f
f
1
2
2
2(3.0892 J)
0.353 kg
4.18 m/s
W mv
W
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

The speed of the plate just before it hits the floor is 4.18 m/s.
7. m = 61 kg
= 23
F
K
= 72 N
v
i
= 3.5 m/s
d = 62 m
v
f
= ?

The component of gravity along the slope is mg sin 23. Using the work energy theorem:

2 2
K f i
2 2
f K i
2 2 K
f i
2 K
f i
2 2
f
1 1
sin 23 (cos 0 ) (cos180 )
2 2
1 1
sin 23 (1) ( 1)
2 2
2
2 sin 23
2
2 sin 23
2(72 N)(62 m)
2(9.8 m/s )(sin 23 )(62 m) (3.5 m/s)
61 kg
18 m/s
mg d F d mv mv
mv mg d F d mv
F d
v g d v
m
F d
v g d v
m
v
+ =
= + +
= +
= +
= +
=

The speed of the skier after travelling 62 m downhill is 18 m/s.
8. m = 55.2 kg
d = 4.18 m
K
= 0.27
v
i
= ?

Using the FBD to calculate F
N
,

N
N
N
0
0
(55.2 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
540.96 N
y y
F ma
F mg
F mg
F
= =
=
=
=
=

To calculate F
K
:

K K N
K
(0.27)(540.96 N)
146.06 N
F F
F
=
=
=

Using the work-energy theorem:

K
2 2
K f i
1
(cos180 ) ( )
2
W E
F d m v v
=
=

Since v
f
= 0,

2
K i
K
i
i
1
(cos180 )
2
2 (cos180 )
2(146.06 N)( 1)(4.18 m)
55.2 kg
4.7 m/s
F d mv
F d
v
m
v
=

=

=
=

The initial speed of the skater was 4.7 m/s.
9. (a)
Car Speed (m/s) Car Energy (J) Truck Speed (m/s) Truck Energy (J)
10.0

6.0 10
4

10.0

2.5 10
7
20.0

2.4 10
5

20.0

1.0 10
8
30.0

5.4 10
5

30.0

2.2 10
8
40.0

9.6 10
5

40.0

4.0 10
8

To calculate the energy of the car and the truck, use the equation
2
K
1
2
E mv = .
To convert tonnes to kilograms, multiply by 1000:
m = 1.2 t = 1.2 10
3
kg (for the car)
m = 5.0 10
2
t = 5.0 10
5
kg (for the truck)
(b)

(c) A vehicle with a much larger mass has a much larger kinetic energy. As the speed of a vehicle increase, the kinetic
energy increases proportional to the square of the speed.
Making Connections
10. (a) The kinetic energy is used to permanently deform the object as energy is transformed into heat.
(b) The kinetic energy of a vehicle is transmitted (at least in part) to the occupants of the vehicle, and anything it contacts.
The high kinetic energy of a fast moving vehicle is more than sufficient to damage the human body beyond its limit,
causing death.

4.3 GRAVITATIONAL POTENTIAL ENERGY AT EARTHS SURFACE
PRACTICE
(Page 191)
1. The total work done by gravity is zero. The work on the way down is positive and is equal to the work done on the way
up, which is negative. At the end, the pen has not lost or gained gravitational potential energy. Alternatively, you could
argue that because the d = 0 (25 cm 25 cm), the work done must be equal to zero.
2. m = 62.5 kg
y = 346 m (using the ground as y = 0)
E
g
= ?

g
5
g
(62.5 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(346 m)
2.12 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

Relative to the ground, the gravitational potential energy is 2.12 10
5
J.
3. m = 58.2 g = 5.82 10
2
kg
y = 1.55 m
(a) E
g
= ?

At 1.55 m above the court:

g
2
g
(5.82 10 m)(9.80 N/kg)(1.55 m)
0.884 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

At the court height:

g
2
g
(5.82 10 m)(9.80 N/kg)(0.00 m)
0.00 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The gravitational potential energy when the ball is above the court is 0.884 J, and as it strikes the court surface is
0.00 J.
(b) W = ?

2
( cos )
( cos )
(5.82 10 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(1.55 m)
0.884 J
W F d
mg d
W
=
=
=
=

At the instant the ball strikes the court surface, the force of gravity has done 0.884 J of work on the ball.
(c) The work done in (b) is equal to the change in kinetic energy of the ball.
4. m = 68.5 kg
m = 2.56 km = 2.56 10
3
m
= 13.9
E
g
= ?


First, calculate the vertical lift:

3
3
sin13.9
2.56 10 m
2.56 10 m(sin13.9 )
614.98 m
y
y
y
=
=

Then calculate the gravitational potential energy:

g
5
g
(68.5 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(614.98 m)
4.13 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The skiers gravitational potential energy at the top of the mountain is 4.13 10
5
J.
5. y = 2.36 m
E
g
= 1.65 10
3
J
m = ?

The ground is 2.36 m down from the pole, therefore:

g
g
3
1.65 10 J
(9.80 N/kg)( 2.36 m)
71.3 kg
E mg y
E
m
g y
m
=
=

The mass of the jumper is 71.3 kg.
6. (a) The first coin does not need to be lifted, so no work is done on it. Each successive coin will need to be raised one more
coin thickness, t, than the previous. The thickness of each coin will be
y
t
N
= . The work done on each coin will be
equal to its increase in gravitational potential energy.

T 1 2 N
1 2 N
1 2 N
T
( )
(0 2 )
(0 1 2 )
(1 2 )
W W W W
mg y mg y mg y
mg y y y
mg t t Nt
mgt N
mgy
W N
N
= + + +
= + + +
= + + +
= + + +
= + + +
= + + +

The sum of an arithmetic series is:

1
2
n
n
t t
S n
+
=

For the series (1 + 2 + + N):

1
2
n
N
S N
+
=

Substituting in the original equation to find the amount of work that must be done on the last coin:

T
T
1
2
1
2
mgy N
W N
N
N
W mgy
+
=

+
=

(b) The energy stored is equal to the work done, therefore:

g
1
2
N
E mgy
+
=

7. The units for gravitational potential energy:

( )
2
2 2
m
kg m
s
kg m /s
mg y

=

=

The units for work:

( )( )
( )
2
2 2
N m
m
kg m
s
kg m /s
F d =

=

=

The units for kinetic energy:

( )
2
2
2 2
1 m
kg
2 s
kg m /s
mv

=

=

Therefore, all three units are the same.
Making Connections
8. E
g
= 6.1 10
9
J
(a) y = ?
Assume 920 students in the school. Assume an average mass of 70.0 kg per student.
m = 70.0 kg 920 = 6.44 10
4
kg

g
g
9
4
4
6.1 10 J
(6.44 10 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
9.472 10 m
E mg y
E
y
mg
y
=
=

The energy from one barrel of oil could raise the students 9.472 10
4
m above ground level.
(b) There are 158.987 L in a barrel of oil

9
7
6.1 10 J
3.8 10 J/L
158.987 L
=
There are 3.8 10
7
J stored in each litre of oil.

PRACTICE
(Page 193)
9. (a) The Suns radiant energy is converted to thermal energy in the water, which is then converted into gravitational
potential energy as the water rises. The gravitational energy converts into kinetic energy as the water falls and turns the
turbine. The kinetic energy of the turbine is converted into electrical energy by the generator.
(b) A run-of-the-river generating station does not dam the water to create a large vertical drop in a short area, but rather
uses the natural drop of the land over a certain distance, and diverts part of the water to flow down this path.
Making Connections
(c) The main difference students will find is that most run-of-the-river generating stations in Canada are much smaller.
(d) (i) rainfall, rivers, and glacier/mountain snow melting
(ii) Bhutan relies heavily on its environment for exports from logging and energy.
(e) possible points: cost, limited suitable locations, low population density, long-term effects

(Page 194)
1. As the construction worker raises the wood, the woods gravitational energy increases.
2. m = 63 kg
y = 3.4 m
(a) On Earth, g = 9.80 N/kg
E
g
= ?

g
3
g
(63 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(3.4 m)
2.1 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The astronauts gravitational potential energy is 2.1 10
3
J.
(b) On the Moon, g = 1.6 N/kg
E
g
= ?

2
(63 kg)(1.6 N/kg)(3.4 m)
3.4 10 J
g
g
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The astronauts gravitational potential energy is 3.4 10
2
J.
3. m = 125 g = 0.125 kg
y = 3.50 m
(a) E
g
= ? (of the pear relative to the ground)

The pear on the branch:

g
g
(0.125 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(3.50 m)
4.29 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The pear at ground level:

g
g
(0.125 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(0.00 m)
0.00 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The gravitational potential energy of the pear on the branch relative to the ground is 4.29 J. The gravitational potential
energy of the pear on the ground relative to the ground is 0.00 J.

(b) E
g
= ? (of the pear relative to the branch)

The pear on the branch:

g
g
(0.125 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(0.00 m)
0.00 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The pear on the ground:

g
g
(0.125 kg)(9.80 N/kg)( 3.50 m)
4.29 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The gravitational potential energy of the pear on the branch relative to the branch is 0.00 J. The gravitational potential
energy of the pear on the ground relative to the branch is 4.29 J.
4. m = 0.15 kg
E
g
= 22 J
y = ?

g
g
22 J
(0.15 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
15 m
E mg y
E
y
mg
y
=
=
=
=

The balls maximum height is 15 m above the point where it was hit.
5. Let the subscript g represent gravity, and W represent the weightlifter.
m = 15 kg
y = 66 cm = 0.66
(a) W
g
= ?

g
g
( cos )
( cos )
(15 kg)( 9.80 N/m)(cos180 )(0.66 m)
97 J
W F d
mg d
W
=
=
=
=

The amount of work done by gravity on the mass is 97 J.
(b) W
W
= ?

W
W
( cos )
( cos )
(15 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(0.66 m)
97 J
W F d
mg d
W
=
=
=
=

The amount of work done by the weightlifter on the mass is 97 J.
(c) E
g
= ?

g
g
(15 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(0.66 m)
97 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The gravitational potential energy of the mass increases by 97 J.

6.

Making Connections
7. (a) V = 32.8 km
3
= 3.28 10
10
m
3
y = 23.1 m
= 1.00 10
3
kg/m
3

E
g
= ?

First we must determine the mass of the water:

3 3 10 3
13
(1.00 10 kg/m )(3.28 10 m )
3.28 10 kg
m V
m
=
=
=

To calculate the gravitational potential energy:

g
13
15
g
(3.28 10 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(23.1 m)
7.43 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The gravitational potential energy of the lake relative to the turbines is 7.43 10
15
J.
(b) This value is approximately
15
15
7.43 10 J
6.52
1.14 10 J
times the annual energy output of the Chukha plant in Bhutan.

4.4 THE LAW OF CONSERVATION OF ENERGY
PRACTICE
(Page 197)
1. The force has done negative work on the ball. The speed of the ball has decreased, which corresponds to a decrease in
kinetic energy. This can only be done with negative work.
2. If the losses of energy are the same, the only source of kinetic energy is the conversion of gravitational potential. Mass
doesnt matter (it cancels out in the equation), so they will both acquire the same final velocity.
3. y = 59.4 m
v
i
= 0.0 m/s
v
f
= ?

Using conservation of energy, we will have no kinetic energy at the top, and no gravitational energy at the bottom.

T1 T2
2
1 f
f 1
2
f
1
2
2
2(9.80 m/s )(59.4 m)
34.1 m/s
E E
mgy mv
v gy
v
=
=
/ /
=
=
=

To convert to km/h:

m 3600 s 1 km
34.1 123 km/h
s h 1000 m

=

The roller coaster reaches a maximum speed of 123 km/h at the bottom of the hill.
4. v
i
= v
1
= 9.7 m/s
y = 4.2 m
v
f
= v
2
= ?

We will use y = 0 at the point of contact on the hill.

T1 T2
2 2 1
1 1 2 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
2 1 1 2
1
2
2 2
2 2
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +

Since y
2
= 0, 2gy
2
= 0, therefore:

2
2 1 1
2 2
2
2
(9.7 m/s) 2(9.80 m/s )(4.2 m)
13 m/s
v v gy
v
= +
= +
=

The skiers speed upon touching the hillside is 13 m/s.
5. y = 4.4 10
2
m
v
2
= 93 m/s
v
1
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 2 2 1
2
1 2 2 1
2 2
1
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
(93 m/s) 2(9.8 m/s )(0 440 m)
5.0 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
v v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

The speed of the water at the top of the waterfall is 5.0 m/s.
6. v
1
= 9.7 m/s
y = 4.7 m
v
2
= ?


T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
2 1 1 2
2
2 1 1 2
2 2
2
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
(9.7 m/s) 2(9.8 m/s )(0 4.7 m)
1.4 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
v v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

The cyclist crests the hill at a speed of 1.4 m/s.
7. v
2
= ?

First determine how high the pendulum is vertically raised:

2 2 2
1
2 2
1
1
24.5 cm 85.5 cm
85.5 cm 24.5 cm
81.915 cm
h
h
h
+ =
=
=

1 2
2 1
2
85.5 cm
85.5 cm
85.5 cm 81.915 cm
3.585 cm
h h
h h
h
+ =
=
=
=

Using the value h
2
= 3.585 cm, or 0.03585 m, calculate the maximum speed:

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
1
2
1 2 2
2
2 1 2
2 1 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
since 0
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
2(9.80 m/s )(0.03585 m 0)
0.838 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v
gy v gy
v gy gy
v g y y
v
=
+ = +
=
= +
=
=
=
=

The maximum speed of the pendulum bob is 0.838 m/s.

8.
y (m) E
g
(J) E
K
(J) E
T
(J)
8.00 392 0.00 392
6.00 294 98.0 392
4.00 196 196 392
2.00 98.0 294 392
0.00 0.00 392 392

Making Connections
9. A wrecking ball works as a pendulum that is slowly pulled back, increasing its gravitational energy. When it is released,
the gravitational potential energy is converted into kinetic energy which is used to destroy buildings.

PRACTICE
(Page 200)
10. (a) The energy supplied becomes sound and thermal energy through friction.
(b) The energy supplied still produces sound and thermal energy, but some is also converted into kinetic energy.
11. F
K
= 67 N
d = 3.5 m
(a) W = ?

2
( cos )
(67 N)(cos180 )(3.5 m)
2.3 10 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The amount of work done by friction is 2.3 10
2
J.
(b) E
th
= ?

th K
2
th
(67 N)(3.5 m)
2.3 10 J
E F d
E
=
=
=

The amount of thermal energy produced is 2.3 10
2
J.
12. E
th
= 0.620 J
F
K
= 0.83 N
d = ?

The 0.620 J of energy comes from the work done by friction, therefore:

th K
th
K
0.620 J
0.83 N
0.75 m
E F d
E
d
F
d
=
=
=
=

The plate slides 0.75 m.
13. m = 22.0 kg
F = 98 N
F
K
= 87 N
v
i
= 0.0 m/s
d = 1.2 m
v
f
= ?

th k
2
K 2
2 K
2
K
2
2
1
( cos )
2
( cos )
1
2
( cos )
0.5
(98 N)(cos 0 )(1.2 m) 87 N(1.2 m)
0.5(22.0 kg)
1.1 m/s
W E E
F d F d mv
F d F d
v
m
F d F d
v
m
v
= +
= +

=

=

=
=

The speed of the cabinet after it moves 1.2 m is 1.1 m/s.
14. m = 0.057 kg
d = 25 cm = 0.25 m
v
f
= 5.7 cm/s = 5.7 10
2
m/s
F
K
= 0.15 N
v
i
= ?

K1 th K2
2 2
1 K 2
2
K 2
2
1
2
K 2
1
2 2
1
1 1
2 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
0.5
1
(0.15 N)(0.25 m) (0.057 kg)(5.7 10 m/s)
2
0.5(0.057 kg)
1.1 m/s
E E E
mv F d mv
F d mv
v
m
F d mv
v
m
v
= +
= +
+
=
+
=
+
=
=

The initial speed of the pen is 1.1 m/s.
15. (a) The law of conservation of energy could be verified by observing how close to its original position the pendulum
would return after a swing.

(b) Some sources of error would be loss of energy due to friction at the point of attachment and air friction of the moving
pendulum. Some error may be observed if the string is somewhat elastic.
Making Connections
16. The oil circulation system is an attempt to minimize the frictional forces between the moving parts of the engine, and
thereby reduce the loss (and damage) due to the thermal energy caused by friction. The water (coolant) circulation is used
to absorb thermal energy from the engine and dissipate it rapidly into the air to prevent damage from overheating.

(Pages 201202)
1. Roller coasters are gravity rides that have an initial input of gravitational potential energy that is converted to kinetic (and
back into gravitational) energy throughout the ride. To give them this initial energy, they must be pulled up the largest hill
at the beginning.
2. m = 0.052 kg
y = 11 cm = 0.11 m
y = 0
(a) E
g
= ?

g
2
g
(0.052 kg)(9.80 m/s )(0.11 m)
0.056 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The initial gravitational potential energy of the eggs contents is 0.056 J.
(b) E
g
= ?

g
2
g
(0.052 kg)(9.80 m/s )(0.0 m)
0.0 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The final gravitational potential energy of the eggs contents is 0.0 J.
(c) E
g
= 0.0 0.056 = 0.056 J
The change in gravitational potential energy as the eggs contents fall is 0.056 J.
(d) E
K
= ?
v = ?

The kinetic energy will be equal to the loss of gravitational potential, so E
K
= 0.056 J.

2
K
K
1
2
2
2(0.056 J)
0.052 kg
1.5 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

The kinetic energy is 0.056 J. The speed of the eggs contents just before hitting the pan is 1.5 m/s.
3. y = 1.2 m
v
f
= 9.9 m/s
v
i
= ?


T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 2 2 1
2
1 2 2 1
2 2
1
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
(9.9 m/s) 2(9.8 m/s )(1.2 m 0 m)
11 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
v v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

The initial speed of the ball was 11 m/s.
4. v
1
= 3.74 m/s
y = 8.74 m
m = 7.12 10
4
kg
(a) E
g
= ?

g
4 2
6
g
(7.12 10 kg)(9.80 m/s )(8.74 m)
6.10 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The gravitational potential energy of the mass of water at the top of the waterfall is 6.10 10
6
J.
(b) v
2
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
2 1 1 2
2
2 1 1 2
2 2
2
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
(3.74 m/s) 2(9.80 m/s )(8.74 m 0 m)
13.6 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
v v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

The speed of the water at the bottom of the waterfall is 13.6 m/s.
5. (a)

First, determine the vertical height above the bottom of the swing:
( )
1
1
1
cos 48
3.7 m
3.7 m cos 48
2.476 m
h
h
h
=
=
=


1 2
2 1
2
3.7 m
3.7 m
3.7 m 2.476 m
1.224 m
h h
h h
h
+ =
=
=
=

Now we can calculate the acrobats speed:

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
1 1
2 2
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
=
+ = +

Since v
1
= 0:

2
1 2 2
2
2 1 2
2 1 2
2
2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
2(9.80 m/s )(1.224 m 0 m)
4.9 m/s
gy v gy
v gy gy
v g y y
v
= +
=
=
=
=

The acrobats speed at the bottom of the swing is 4.9 m/s.
(b) Due to conservation of energy, the maximum height on the other side is equal to the starting height of the acrobat.
6. m = 55 kg
d = 3.7 m
F
K
= 41.5 N
v
1
= 65.7 cm/s = 0.657 m/s
v
2
= 7.19 m/s
= ?

Relating to h:

sin
11.7
11.7sin
h
h
=
=

Using conservation of energy:

( ) ( )
( )
T1 T2
K1 g K2 th
2 2
1 2 K
2 2
2 K 1
2 2
2 1 K
2 2
2
1 1
2 2
1 1
2 2
1
( )
2
1
(55.0 kg) 7.19 m/s 0.657 m/s (41.5 N)(11.7 m)
2
11.7sin
(55.0 kg)(9.80 m/s )
sin 0.30054
17.5
E E
E E E E
mv mgh mv F d
mgh mv F d mv
m v v F d
h
mg
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
+
=
+
=
=
=

The angle is 17.5.

7. v
1
= 0.0 m/s
v
2
= 6.8 m/s

Since the skateboarder starts even with the height of the centre of the circle, the total vertical drop at the bottom will be
equal to the radius of the circle.
r = y
1
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
1 1
2 2
2 2
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
=
+ = +
+ = +

Since v
1
= 0, and y
2
= 0:

2
1 2
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
6.8 m/s
2(9.8 m/s )
2.4 m
gy v
v
y
g
y
=
=
=
=

The radius of the half-pipe is 2.4 m.
8. m = 55 g = 5.5 10
2
kg
v
1
= 1.9 m/s
d = 54 cm = 0.54 m
v
2
= 0.0 m/s
(a)
K
= ?
First, solve for F
K
:

T1 T2
K th
2
K
2
K
2 2
K
1
2
2
(5.5 10 kg)(1.9 m/s)
2(0.54 m)
0.1838 N
E E
E E
mv F d
mv
F
d
F
=
=
=
=
=
=

Now calculate the normal force:

N
N
2 2
N
0
0
(5.5 10 kg)(9.80 m/s )
0.539 N
y y
F ma
F mg
F mg
F
= =
=
=
=
=

Solve for
K
:

K
K
N
0.1838 N
0.539 N
0.34
K
F
F
=
=
=

The coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.34.

(b)
K
=?

First, solve for the acceleration:

( ) ( )
2 2
f i
2 2
f i
2 2
2
2
2
1.9 m/s 0 m/s
2(0.54 m)
3.3426 m/s
v v a d
v v
a
d
a
= +
=
=

Using the FBD, calculate the magnitude of kinetic friction:

K
2 2
K
(5.5 10 kg)(3.3426 m/s )
0.1838 N
x x
x
F ma
F ma
F
=
=
=
=

Calculate the normal force:

N
N
2 2
N
0
0
(5.5 10 kg)(9.80 m/s )
0.539 N
y y
F ma
F mg
F mg
F
= =
=
=
=
=

Calculate the coefficient of kinetic friction:

K
K
N
K
0.1838 N
0.539 N
0.34
F
F
=
=
=

(c) The kinetic energy is converted into thermal energy.
9. v
i
= 85 km/h = 23.61 m/s
v
f
= 0.0 m/s
d = 47 m
F
K
= 7.4 10
3
N
(a) E
th
= ?

th K
3
5
th
(7.4 10 N)(47 m)
3.5 10 J
E F d
E
=
=
=

5
J.
(b) Before the skid, the thermal energy was kinetic energy.

(c) m = ?

( )
T1 T2
K th
2
K
K
2
3
2
3
1
2
2
2(7.4 10 N)(47 m)
23.61 m/s
1.2 10 kg
E E
E E
mv F d
F d
m
v
m
=
=
=
=
=

The mass of the car is 1.2 10
3
kg.
(d)
K
= ?

First calculate the normal force:

N
N
3 2
N
0
0
(1.248 10 kg)(9.80 m/s )
12 228
y y
F ma
F mg
F mg
F
= =
=
=
=
=

To calculate the coefficient of kinetic friction:

K
K
N
3
K
7.4 10 J
12228 J
0.61
F
F
=
=

10. m = 22 kg
d = 2.5 m
= 44
F
K
= 79 N
(a) W = ?

K
2
( cos )
(79 N)(cos180 )(2.5 m)
2.0 10 J
W F d
W
=
=
=

The work done by friction is 2.0 10
2
J.
(b) E
K
= ?

First, determine the vertical drop:

sin 44
2.5
2.5sin 44
1.737 m
h
h
h
=
=
=

To calculate the final kinetic energy:

T1 T2
g K th
K K
K K
2
K
(9.8 N/kg)(22 kg)(1.737 m) (79 N)(2.5 m)
1.8 10 J
E E
E E E
mg y E F d
E mg y F d
E
=
= +
= +
=
=
=

The boxs final kinetic energy is 1.8 10
2
J.
(c) E
th
= ?

th K
2
th
(79 N)(2.5 m)
2.0 10 J
E F d
E
=
=
=

The thermal energy produced is 2.0 10
2
J.
11. (a) The loss of gravitational potential energy from the first lift to the second is equal to the amount of thermal energy
produced.
(b) The equation needed would be:

T1 T2
g1 g2 th
1 2 th
th 1 2
th 1 2
( )
E E
E E E
mgy mgy E
E mgy mgy
E mg y y
=
= +
= +
=
=

(c) You could determine the height at each point by standing a known distance from the base of the ride and measure the
angle up for each height. Using simple trigonometric ratios, you could estimate the amount of thermal energy
produced.
Making Connections
12. A trebuchet is very accurate. The raised mass supplies a fixed amount of gravitational potential energy. This potential
energy is converted into the kinetic energy of the projectile.

4.5 ELASTIC POTENTIAL ENERGY AND SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION
PRACTICE
(Pages 206207)
1. The higher the spring constant, the more force is needed to stretch the spring the same amount. For this reason, spring A
would be more difficult to stretch than spring B.
2. The spring would exert a southward force on you.
3. k = 25 N/m
(a) x = 16 cm = 0.16 m
(25 N/m)(0.16 m)
4.0 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

x = 32 cm = 0.32 m
(25 n/m)(0.32 m)
8.0 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

The magnitude of force would be 4.0 N for a stretch of 16 cm, and 8.0 N for a stretch of 32 cm.
(b) x = 16 cm = 0.16m
(25 N/m)(0.16 m)
4.0 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

x = 32 cm = 0.32 m
(25 N/m)(0.32 m)
8.0 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

The magnitudes of the forces are 4.0 N and 8.0 N, respectively.
4. k = 3.2 10
2
N/m
x = 2.0 cm = 2.0 10
2
m

2 2
(3.2 10 N/m)(2.0 10 m)
6.4 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

The magnitude of the force applied by the air is 6.4 N.
5. m = 1.37 kg
k = 5.20 10
2
N/m
(a) x = ?

2
0
0
(1.37 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
5.20 10 N/m
0.0258 m
y
x
F ma
F mg
kx mg
mg
x
k
x
= =
=
=
=
=
=

The spring stretches 0.0258 m.
(b) x = 1.59 cm = 0.0159 m

y
F = ?

2
(5.20 10 N/m)(0.0159 m) (1.37 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
5.16 N
y x
y
F F mg
kx mg
F
=
=
=
=

The net force on the fish is 5.16 N [down].
(c) x = 2.05 cm = 0.0205 m
a = ?

2
2
(5.20 10 N/m)(0.0205 m) (1.37 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
1.37 kg
2.02 m/s
y
x
F ma
F mg ma
kx mg
a
m
a
=
=
=

=
=

The acceleration of the fish is 2.02 m/s
2
[down]

6. (a)

(b) The slope of the line is negative.
Making Connections
7. (a)
Mass (kg) Stretch (m)
1.00 0.122
2.00 0.245
3.00 0.368
4.00 0.490
5.00 0.612
6.00 0.735
7.00 0.858
8.00 0.980

(b)

(c) The mass value may not be correct if the value of g is different then where it was calibrated. The weight value would
be accurate anywhere (even on the Moon).

PRACTICE
(Page 211)
8. (a) The graph shown is the force applied by the spring. Since the spring is being stretched to the right (positive x), the force
exerted by the spring will be to the left (negative). This is what is shown on the graph.
(b) The force constant is the slope of the graph. Since the equation F
x
= kx relates the force exerted by the spring, we must
change the direction (i.e., the sign) of the force,

( 15 N)
0.40 m
38 N/m
x
F
k
x
k
=

=
=

The force constant of the spring is 38 N/m.
(c) x = 35 cm = 0.35 m

The energy stored is the area between the curve and the x-axis.

e
e
1
2
1
(0.35 m)(13 N)
2
2.3 J
E A bh
E
= =
=
=

The elastic potential energy is 2.3 J.
9. k = 9.0 10
3
N/m
(a) x = 1.0 cm = 0.010 m
E
e
= ?

2
e
3 2
e
1
2
1
(9.0 10 N/m)(0.010 m)
2
0.45 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

The elastic potential energy stored by the spring is 0.45 J.
(b) x = 2.0 cm = 0.020 m
E
e
= ?

2
e
3 2
e
1
2
1
(9.0 10 N/m)( 0.020 m)
2
1.8 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

The elastic potential energy stored in the spring is 1.8 J.
10. m = 7.8 g = 0.0078 kg
k = 3.5 10
2
N/m
x = 4.5 cm = 0.045 m
(a) E
e
= ?

2
e
2 2
e
1
2
1
(3.5 10 N/m)( 0.045 kg)
2
0.35 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

The elastic potential energy of the spring is 0.35 J.

(b) v = ?

T1 T2
e K
2 2
2
2 2
1 1
2 2
(3.5 10 N/m)( 0.045 m)
0.0078 kg
9.5 m/s
E E
E E
kx mv
kx
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

=
=

The speed of the dart as it leaves the toy is 9.5 m/s.
11. m = 3.5 10
3
kg
k = 9.5 N/m
(a) y = 5.7 cm = 0.057 m
x = ?

T1 T2
e g
2
3
1
2
2
2(3.5 10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0.057 m)
9.5 N/m
0.020 m
E E
E E
kx mg y
mg y
x
k
x
=
=
=
=
=

The spring must be compressed by 0.020 m, or 2.0 cm.
(b) If friction was not negligible, the amount of compression would need to be increased. The energy supplied by the
compressed spring would now become both gravitational potential and thermal energy. In order to have the same final
gravitational energy, the spring would need to be compressed more.
12. m = 0.20 kg
k = 55 N/m
(a) y = 1.5 cm = 0.015 m
v = ?

T1 T2
g K e
2 2
2 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
2
2
2(0.20 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0.015 m) (55 N/m)(0.015 m)
0.20 kg
0.48 m/s
E E
E E E
mg y mv kx
mv mg y kx
mg y kx
v
m
v
=
= +
= +
=

=
=
=

The speed of the mass is 0.48 m/s.

(b) For the fall, y = x. At maximum fall, there will be no kinetic energy.

( )
( ) ( )
T1 T2
g e
2
2
2
2
1
2
2 0
55 2(0.20)(9.8) 0
55 3.92 0
(55 3.92) 0
55 3.92 0 or 0
3.92
55
0.071m or 0 m
E E
E E
mg y kx
kx mg y
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
x x
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
= =
=
= =

The value x = 0 refers to the moment of release, so the maximum stretch will be 0.071 m.
13. k = 12 N/m
y = 93.0 cm = 0.93 m
m = 8.3 10
3
kg
x = 4.0 cm = 0.040 m
d = ?

Analyze as a projectile motion question. First, determine horizontal speed at launch:

T1 T2
e K
2 2
2
2
3
1 1
2 2
(12 N/m)( 0.040 m)
8.3 10 kg
1.521 m/s
E E
E E
kx mv
kx
v
m
v
=
=
=
=
=

Choosing down as positive, the time for the marble to drop 0.93 m vertically is:

2
i
1
( )
2
y v t a t = +

Since v
i
= 0:

2
2
1
( )
2
2
2(0.93 m)
9.8 m/s
0.4357 s
y a t
y
t
a
t
=
=
=
=

The horizontal distance travelled during this time is:
(1.521 m/s)(0.4357 s)
0.66 m
d v t
d
=
=
=

The marble travels 0.66 m horizontally before hitting the floor.

14. (a) The measurement needed would be the mass of the largest friend.
(b) Assuming a largest mass of 115 kg,

3
0
0
(115 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
0.75 m
1.5 10 N/m
y
x
F ma
F mg
kx mg
mg
k
x
k
= =
=
=
=
=
=

The approximate force constant is 1.5 10
3
N/m.
Making Connections
15. m = 2.0 10
2
g = 2.0 10
7
kg
y = 65 mm = 0.065 m
x = 75 cm = 0.75 m
E
e
= ?

T1 T2
e g
7
8
e
( )
( )
0.75 m(2.0 10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0.065 m)
9.6 10 J
E E
E x E
x mg y
E
=
=
=
=
=

The initial quantity of elastic potential energy is 9.6 10
8
J.

PRACTICE
(Pages 214215)
16. (a) The maximum displacement from the rest position will be at the top and bottom of the bounce.
(b) The speed is a maximum at the rest position.
(c) The speed will be zero at the top and the bottom of the bounce.
(d) The acceleration will be a maximum at the top and the bottom of the bounce.
(e) The acceleration will be zero at the rest position.
17. T = ?
f = ?
(a) number of vibrations = 12
t = 48 s

total time
number of complete vibrations
48
12
4.0 s
T
T
=
=
=

total time
12
48
0.25 Hz
f
f
=
=
=

Alternatively, you could calculate frequency by using the equation:

1
1
4.0 s
0.25 Hz
f
T
f
=
=
=

The period is 4.0 s, and the frequency is 0.25 Hz.
(b) number of vibrations = 210
t = 1 min = 60 s

total time
60
210
0.29 s
T
T
=
=
=

total time
210
60
3.5 Hz
f
f
=
=
=

The period is 0.29 s, and the frequency is 3.5 Hz.
(c) number of vibrations = 2200
t = 5.0 s

3
total time
5.0
2200
2.3 10 s
T
T

=
=
=

2
total time
2200
5.0
4.4 10 Hz
f
f
=
=
=

The period is 2.3 10
3
s, and the frequency is 4.4 10
2
Hz.
18. m = 0.25 kg
A = 8.5 cm
k = 1.4 10
2
N/m
(a) d = ?

During each cycle, the mass moves 4 amplitudes, or 4A. In 5 cycles, the mass will move:

2
5 4
5 4(8.5 cm)
1.7 10 cm
d A
d
=
=
=

The mass moves 1.7 10
2
cm in the first five cycles.
(b) T = ?

2
2
0.25 kg
2
1.4 10 N/m
0.27 s
m
T
k
T
=
=
=

The period of vibration is 0.27 s.

19. m = 0.10 kg
f = 2.5 Hz
k = ?

2 2
2 2
1
2
2
4
4 (2.5 Hz) (0.10 kg)
25 N/m
k
f
m
k
f
m
k f m
k
=
=
=
=
=

20. k = 1.4 10
2
N/m
T = 0.85 s
m = ?

2
2
2 2
2
2
2
4
(0.85 s) (1.4 10 N/m)
4
2.6 kg
m
T
k
T m
k
T k
m
m
=
=
=
=
=

The mass would have to be 2.6 kg.
21. Examining the base SI units for each:

2
2
m
m
s
s
s
x
a
x
a
=

=
=

2
2
kg
N
m
kg m
=
kg m
s
s
s
m
k
m
k
=

=
=

Therefore, they are dimensionally equivalent.
Making Connections
22. number of vibrations = 6.0
t = 8.0 s
(a) k = ?

First we must calculate the frequency:

total time
6.0
8.0 s
0.75 Hz
f
f
=
=
=

Using a mass of 75 kg:

2 2
2 2
3
1
2
2
4
4 (0.75 Hz) (75 kg)
1.7 10 N/m
k
f
m
k
f
m
k f m
k
=
=
=
=
=

The force constant is 1.7 10
3
N/m.
(b) No, you are not undergoing SHM. When you leave the trampoline, there is a period of time when it is not exerting any
force on you. SHM requires that the force be proportional to the displacement.

PRACTICE
(Pages 217218)
23. (a) The speed is zero at lengths of 12 cm and 38 cm.
(b) The maximum speed will be at the rest position. The rest position will be halfway between the minimum and maximum
extensions:

12 38
25 cm
2
+
=
(c) The amplitude is 38 25 = 13 cm.
24. E
e
= 5.64 J
m = 0.128 kg
k = 244 N/m
(a) x = ?
The maximum energy is constant, and all elastic potential at either end of the system, at the maximum amplitude.

2
e
e
1
2
2
2(5.64 J)
244 N/m
0.215 m
E kx
E
x
k
x
=
=
=
=

The amplitude of the vibration is 0.215 m.
(b) v = ?

Approach 1: All of the energy will be kinetic as it passes through the rest position.

2
K
K
2
2(5.64 J)
0.128 kg
9.39 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

Approach 2: All of the energy stored in the spring at maximum compression will be converted to kinetic energy.

T1 T2
2 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
(244 N/m)(0.215 m)
0.128 kg
9.39 m/s
E E
kx mv
kx
v
m
v
=
=
=
=
=

The speed is 9.39 m/s regardless of the approach used.
(c) x
2
= 15.5 cm = 0.155 m
v = ?

( ) ( )
( )
T1 T2
2 2 2
max 2
2 2
2 max 2
2 2
max 2
2 2
1 1 1
2 2 2
( )
(244 N/m) 0.215 m 0.155 m
0.128 kg
6.51 m/s
E E
kx mv kx
kx kx
v
m
k x x
v
m
v
=
= +
=
=

25. x = 0.18 m
m = 58 g = 0.058 kg
k = 36 N/m
(a) E
e
= ?
v = ?

Maximum energy during maximum stretch/compression of the spring:

2
max
2
max
1
2
1
(36 N/m)(0.18 m)
2
0.58 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

This will all be kinetic energy at the rest position.

2
K
K
1
2
2
2(0.58 J)
0.058 kg
4.5 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

The maximum energy of the system is 0.58 J. The maximum speed of the mass is 4.5 m/s.

(b) x = ?

Double the energy would be:

max e
2
2
max
2
1
2
2
(36 N/m)(0.18 m)
1.1664 J
E E
kx
E
=
=
=
=

This is all stored as elastic potential energy at the full amplitude.

2
e
e
1
2
2
2(1.1664 J)
36 N/m
0.25 m
E kx
E
x
k
x
=
=
=
=

The amplitude of vibration required would be 0.25 m.
(c) v = ?

2
K
K
1
2
2
2(1.1664 J)
0.058 kg
6.3 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

The maximum speed of the mass is 6.3 m/s.
26. For the maximum speed, all of the elastic energy will be converted to kinetic:

T1 T2
2 2
2
1 1
2 2
E E
kx mv
kx
v
m
k
v x
m
=
=
=
=

For a SHM system, x = A, therefore:

1
2
2
k
f
m
k
f
m
=
=

Substituting above:
(2 )
2
k
v x
m
A f
v fA
=
=
=

27. (a)
2 2 2 2
N
m
(m m )
kg
k
(A x )
m

=

2
2
2
2
kg m
m s
(m )
kg
m
s
m/s

=
=
=

The dimensions are m/s.
(b) This expression is to calculate the speed of an object at a location during SHM.
Making Connections
28. (a) Tuning fork prongs have slow damping to produce a long tone.
(b) The voltmeter needle has fast damping to stabilize the reading quickly.
(c) A guitar string has slow damping to play the note as long as possible.
(d) Saloon doors have medium damping to keep the doors from swinging too much, but they still swing back and forth.
(e) The string of the bow has fast damping to prevent dangerous vibration.

(Pages 218219)
1. When the two students pull on either end of the spring, it will not stretch as much as when it is pulled by both students
while attached to the wall. When they both pull on it from the same side, the wall pulls back with equal force. When they
pull from opposite ends, the force will be half as much, and the stretch will also be half as much.
2. The elastic potential energy is the same when the spring is stretched or compressed 2.0 cm. The amount of energy stored
only depends on the magnitude of the distortion, not the direction.
3. Harmonic means that it is regularly repeated, symmetrical motion.
4. (a) Period is inversely proportional to the frequency,
1
T
f
.
(b) The acceleration is directly proportional to the displacement, a x .
(c) The period is inversely proportional to square root of the force constant,
1
T
k
.
(d) The maximum speed is directly proportional to the amplitude, v A .
5. m = 62 kg
k = 2.4 10
3
N/m
x = ?

3
0
6 0
6
6
(62 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
6(2.4 10 N/m)
0.042 m
y
x
F ma
F mg
kx mg
mg
x
k
x
= =
=
=
=
=
=

The compression of each spring is 0.042 m.

6. k = 78 N/m
x = 2.3 cm = 0.023 m
F
x
= ?
(78 N/m)(0.023 m)
1.8 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

The magnitude of force is 1.8 N.
7. x
1
= 1.85 cm
F
x1
= 85.5 N
x
2
= 4.95 cm = 0.0495 m
F
x2
= ?

First we must calculate k:

1 1
1
1
85.5 N
0.0185 m
4621.6 N/m
x
x
F kx
F
k
x
k
=
=
=
=

Solve for x
2
:

2 2
2
(4621.6 N/m)(0.0495 m)
229 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

The force required is 229 N.
8. m = 97 kg
k = 2.2 103 N/m
a = 0.45 m/s
2
x = ?

Ignoring friction to calculate the applied force:

A
2
A
(97 kg)(0.45 m/s )
43.65 N
x
F ma
F ma
F
=
=
=
=

This force is the force exerted on the spring:

3
43.65 N
2.2 10 N/m
0.020 m
x
x
F kx
F
x
k
x
=
=
=
=

The spring stretches 0.020 m, or 2.0 10
2
m.
9. m = 289 g = 0.289 kg
k = 18.7 N/m
(a) x = 10.0 cm = 0.100 m

y
F = ?
a = ?

To calculate the net force:

(18.7 N/m)(0.100 m) (0.289 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
0.962 N
y x
y
F F mg
kx mg
F
=
=
=
=

To calculate acceleration:

2
0.962 N
0.289 kg
3.33 m/s
y
y
F ma
F
a
m
a
=
=
=

The net force is 0.962 N [down], and the acceleration is 3.33 m/s
2
[down].
(b) x = ?

0
0
(0.289 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
18.7 N/m
0.151 m
y
x
F ma
F mg
kx mg
mg
x
k
x
= =
=
=
=
=
=

The spring will be stretched by 0.151 m.
10. m = 64.5 kg
y = 48.0 m 12.5 m = 35.5 m
k = 65.5 N/m
x = 35.5 m 10.1 m = 25.4 m.
v = ?

g e K
2 2
2 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
2
2
2(64.5 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(35.5 m) (65.5 N/m)(25.4 m)
64.5 kg
6.37 m/s
E E E
mg y kx mv
mv mg y kx
mg y kx
v
m
v
= +
= +
=

=
=
=

The jumpers speed at a height of 12.5 m above the water is 6.37 m/s.
11. F
x
= 8.6 N
x = 9.4 cm = 0.094 m
(a) k = ?

8.6 N
0.094 m
91 N/m
x
x
F kx
F
k
x
k
=
=
=
=


(b) E
e
= ?

2
e
2
e
1
2
1
(91.49 N/m)(0.094 m)
2
0.40 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

The maximum energy of the spring is 0.40 J.
12. x = 1.0 10
7
m
E
e
= 1.0 1013 J
k = ?

2
e
e
2
13
7 2
1
1
2
2
2(1.0 10 J)
(1.0 10 m)
2.0 10 N/m
E kx
E
k
x
k
=
=
=

The force constant is 2.0 10
1
N/m.
13. m = 22 kg
= 29
k = 8.9 10
2
N/m
x = 0.30 m
d = ?

To calculate the total vertical drop, y:

T1 T2
g e
2
2
2 2
1
2
2
(8.9 10 N/m)(0.30 m)
2(22 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
0.1858 m
E E
E E
mg y kx
kx
y
mg
y
=
=
=
=
=
=

To calculate the distance:

sin
sin
0.1858 m
sin 29
0.38 m
y
d
y
d
d
=
=
=

The crate slides 0.38 m along the ramp.
14. m = 0.20 kg
k = 28 N/m
y = ?

For fall, y = x. At maximum fall, there will be no kinetic energy.

T1 T2
g e
2
2
2
2
1
2
2 0
28 2(0.20)(9.8) 0
28 3.92 0
(28 3.92) 0
28 3.92 0 or 0
3.92
28
0.14 m or 0
E E
E E
mg y kx
kx mg y
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
x x
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
= =
=
= =

Since x = 0 refers to the moment of release, the maximum stretch will be 0.14 m.
15. (a) (i) Line A (total energy is constant)
(ii) Line B (no kinetic energy at maximum stretch)
(iii) Line C (maximum elastic potential energy a maximum stretch)
(b) By observation from the graph, A = 10.0 cm = 0.100 m
(c) At the end, the total energy of 5.0 J is all elastic potential energy,

2
e
e
2
2
3
1
2
2
2(5.0 J)
(0.100 m)
1.0 10 N/m
E kx
E
k
x
k
=
=
=
=

The force constant of the spring is 1.0 10
3
N/m.
(d) Maximum kinetic energy is 5.0 J when there is no elastic potential energy.

2
K
K
1
2
2
2(5.0 J)
0.12 m
9.1 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

16. (a) If the spring were cut in two, it would take more force to stretch the spring the same amount because each coil would
need to be moved twice as far. This will cause the force constant to double for the remaining two half springs. If a mass
hung from two identical springs attached together caused them to stretch 36 cm, than each of them would stretch half
of that amount. Since each bears the same weight, the force constant of each would only allow them to stretch 18 cm
under the same force, indicating a force constant that is twice as great.
(b) Answers will vary.
Making Connections
17. m = 5.5 10
2
kg
number of vibrations = 6.0
t = 3.5 s
k = ?

Calculate the frequency:

total time
6.0
3.5 s
1.7143 Hz
f
f
=
=
=

To calculate the force constant:

2 2
2 2 2
4
1
2
2
4
4 (1.7143 Hz) (5.5 10 kg)
6.4 10 N/m
k
f
m
k
f
m
k f m
k
=
=
=
=
=

The force constant of each spring is 6.4 10
4
N/m.
18. a = 25g
f = 8.9 Hz
A = ?

2 2
2
2 2
2
1
2
1
2
4
25(9.8 m/s )
4 (8.9 Hz)
0.078 m
A
T
a
A
f a
A
f a
a
A
f
A
=
=
=
=
=
=

The minimum amplitude is 0.078 m, or 7.8 10
2
m.

CHAPTER 4 LAB ACTIVITIES
Activity 4.4.1: Applying the Law of Conservation of Energy
(Page 220)
(a) Energy conversions would be gravitational potential to kinetic to move the hands.
(b) Different types include water clocks, hour-glass clocks, and pendulum clocks.
(c) (f) Answers will vary based on the students choice of design.

Investigation 4.5.1: Testing Real Springs
(Pages 220221)
Questions
(i) By graphing the stretch as a function of the applied force we can learn the relationship is linear.
(ii) The force constant of two combined springs is always less than the force constant for either spring individually.

Hypothesis
(a) The graph of F
x
versus x should be a straight line with a positive slope.
(b) The combined force constant will be
1 2
1 2
k k
k k +
.
Prediction
(c)

(d)
1 2
total
1 2
k k
k
k k
=
+

Procedure
1 3. See sample data table below.

Mass
(g)
Force
(N)
Stretch
Spring 1
(cm)
Stretch
Spring 2
(cm)
Stretch
Spring 3
(cm)
Stretch
Spring 1 + Spring 2
(cm)
0 0 0 0 0 0
50 0.49 1.10 0.72 0.56 1.82
100 0.98 2.22 1.43 1.11 3.63
150 1.47 3.29 2.14 1.66 5.44
200 1.96 4.43 2.86 2.22 7.26
Analysis
(e)

(f)
Spring 1

rise
slope =
run
1.47 N 0.49 N
0.0329 m 0.0110 m
slope 44.5 N/m
=

Spring 2
rise
slope =
run
1.47 N 0.49 N
0.0214 m 0.0072 m
slope 69.0 N/m
=

Spring 3
rise
slope
run
1.47 N 0.49 N
0.0166 m 0.0056 m
slope 89.1 N/m
=
=

These slopes represent the force constant for the spring.

(g) The extrapolation is not feasible because the spring is not capable of supporting that much mass.
(h) When two springs are connected linearly, each spring must support the full weight (if we ignore the mass of the lower
spring), so the total stretch will be equal to the sum of the individual stretches, (i.e., x
total
= x
1
+ x
2
).

total total
total 1 2
total
1 2
total
1 2
2 1
total
1 2
1 2
total
1 2
( )
1 1
1
F k x
k x x
F F
k
k k
F Fk
k k
k k
k
k k
k k
k
k k
=
= +

= +

= +

+
=

=
+

Evaluation
(i) Answers will vary based on the hypothesis and predictions made.
(j) Sources of error could be improper zero for measuring, parallax, bend in support apparatus, and permanent distortion of
the spring. These can be avoided by careful calibration at lab setup, caution to avoid parallax during measurement, and
rigid apparatus for the support stand. The value of g in the area, as well as the accuracy of the stamped value of the
masses can contribute to error.
Synthesis
(k) To calculate the slope of the line and have it represent the force constant, the force had to be plotted on the vertical axis.
(l) A real spring will heat up when stretched and has an elastic limit beyond which it will not act as a Hookes law spring any
longer. Ideal springs do not have these limitations.

Investigation 4.5.2: Analyzing Forces and Energies in a Mass-Spring System
(Pages 222223)
Questions
(i) The action of a real massspring system supports the law of conservation of energy.
(ii) The damping is slow for a real vertical massspring system.
Hypothesis
(a) A real vibrating spring will undergo damped harmonic motion. The presence of friction within the spring and within the
air will transform some of the kinetic and elastic potential energy into thermal energy.
(b) The damping of a real spring will likely be very slow.
Prediction
(c)

(d)

Procedure
1. Suspend a mass from the spring and measure the stretch (do several times to get a precise value).

(0.200 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
0.0126 m
156 N/m
mg
k
x
k
=
=
=

2. Using a 200.0-g mass, maximum stretch is 2.51 cm.
3. Maximum vertical displacement is 2.51 cm, 2.36 cm, 2.22 cm, 2.08 cm, 1.96 cm, 1.84 cm, 1.73 cm, 1.63 cm, 1.53 cm,
1.44 cm.
Total time for 10 cycles is 2.25 s.
Analysis
(e)
top middle bottom
x (cm)
0 1.26 2.51
y (cm)
2.51 1.26 0
E
g
(J)
0.0492 0.0246 0
E
e
(J)

0 0.0124 0.0491
E
K
(J)

0 0.0122 0
E
T
(J)

0.0492 0.0492 0.0491

(f)
2
K
1
2
E mv =

K
2
2(0.0122 J)
0.200 kg
0.349 m/s
E
v
m
v
=
=
=

(g)

(h) The energy is lost to thermal energy through friction.
(i) (i) The action of a real mass system supports the law of conservation of energy for short time intervals (one bounce), but
seems to refute it for longer time intervals (several bounces).
(ii) A real spring system slowly damps the motion of a vertically vibrating system.
Evaluation
(j) Answers will vary depending on the hypotheses and predictions made.
(k) The largest source of error is difficulty reading the location of a moving object with accuracy. A slow motion film, or a
spring with a lower force constant could reduce the speed.
Synthesis
(l) A stiff spring will undergo faster damping because the object will move faster. The higher speed will increase the amount
of air friction in each cycle, damping the motion more quickly.

Activity 4.5.1: Achieving a Smooth and Safe Ride
(Page 223)

(a) Energy will be converted into elastic potential energy and then into thermal energy, and the spring undergoes damped
harmonic motion.
(b) - capable of absorbing large quantities of energy
- small amounts of energy are absorbed quickly to provide a smooth ride
- often the spring has a changing spring constant to accomplish the above ideas
- for safety, shock absorber must be capable of damping violent motion quickly
- shock absorber must be able to damp both small and large stored energies
(c) The system uses a spring to absorb the energy, and then the shock absorber damps the motion quickly to prevent danger
bounce in the vehicle.
(d) Lower friction designs last longer because they do not produce as much heat. The heat can break down the seals and
increase the chances of warping.
(e) Answers will vary based on the resources students use.
(f) Answers will vary based on the initial hypothesis made.

CHAPTER 4 SUMMARY
Make a Summary
(Page 224)

1. Determine the spring constant by suspending a known mass (and, therefore, weight) from it and measuring the stretch.

(0.100 kg)(9.80 N/kg)
0.0356 m
27.5 N/m
mg
k
x
k
=
=
=

Use projectile analysis with the known launch angle and range to determine the launch speed. For this problem, use
= 34 and d
x
= 2.6 m, and d
y
= 0.0 m.

In horizontal direction:
2.6 ( cos34 )
2.6
(Equation 1)
cos34
x x
d v t
v t
v t
=
=
=

In vertical direction:

2
i
2
1
( )
2
1
0 ( sin 34 ) ( 9.8)( )
2
0 ( sin 34 4.9 )
y y
d v t a t
v t t
t v t
= +
= +
=

Ignore the case where t = 0 since it refers to the launch:

0 sin34 4.9
sin34
(Equation 2)
4.9
v t
v
t
=
=

Substitute Equation 2 into Equation 1:

( )
sin34 2.6
4.9 cos34
2.6 4.9
(sin 34 )(cos34 )
5.2 m/s
v
v
v
v

=

=

=

Use conservation of energy to determine the amount of stretch required in the spring. Assume the spring mass is 18 g.

T1 T2
e g
2 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
(0.018 kg)(5.2 m/s)
27.5 N/m
0.13 m
E E
E E
kx mv
mv
x
k
x
=
=
=
=
=
=

2. The height could be determined by analyzing the vertical component of velocity.

2 2
f i
2 2
f i
2 2
2
2
2
(0 m/s) (5.2 m/s)
2( 9.8 m/s )
1.4 m
v v a d
v v
d
a
d
= +
=

3. The three forms of friction would use up some of the elastic potential energy intended to launch the spring. To
compensate, the spring would need to be stretched an extra amount.
4. The energy to stretch the string would come from food you ate. The energy stored in the spring would be converted to
kinetic energy as it left. The kinetic energy would be partially converted into gravitational potential as it rises, and than
reconverted back to kinetic as it lands. As it lands on the floor and slides to a stop, the kinetic energy is converted into
sound and thermal energy.
5. The spring would cause a mass to move up and down with decreasing amplitude until it came to rest.
6. The concepts and equations can be used to design and manufacture vehicles, beds, and a wide variety of other products.

CHAPTER 4 SELF QUIZ
(Page 225)
True/False
1. T
2. F The work done by gravity is zero.
3. F The work you do on the backpack is negative.
4. F The gravitational potential energy decreases in proportion to the distance fallen.
5. F This does not refute the law of conservation of energy because some energy is converted into other forms, such as heat
(thermal energy) in the ball and the floor.
6. T
7. T
8. F Maximum speed occurs at the equilibrium position, but elastic potential energy is at a minimum at the point of
minimum extension of the spring.
9. F A long damping time would not be appropriate for a bathroom scale. It would be appropriate for a jolly-jumper toy.
Multiple Choice
10. (c)
11. (c)
12. (e)
13. (d)
14. (e)
15. (a)
16. (d) ( cos ) W F d =

( sin )(cos180 )
sin
mg L
W mgL

=
=

CHAPTER 4 REVIEW
(Pages 226229)
1. (a) No work is done because the force is perpendicular to the displacement.
(b) The work is negative because the student is exerting a force opposite the direction of motion.
(c) The work is negative because gravity is exerting a force opposite the direction of motion.
(d) Assuming a level roadway, the work done is zero because the force is perpendicular to the displacement.
(e) No work is done because the electrical force is perpendicular to the displacement.
(f) No work is done because the tension is perpendicular to the displacement.
2. The force must be applied perpendicular to the object for it to do no work on the object.
3. The normal force can do work on an object. For example, when you jump, you push down on the ground and the normal
force pushes up on you and accelerates you up, giving you kinetic energy.
4. (a) No work is being done on the swimmer because the balancing forces forward and backward produce no motion.
(b) Work is done on the student to speed him up, but after that, there is no work being done on the student. Once the
student reaches the speed of the current, the only force is the upward buoyant force, which is perpendicular to the
waters surface. Technically, a small amount of work is being done by gravity as they whole river/student system is
pulled closer to the earth.
5. (a) The velocity will be changing because Newtons second law states that if a net force acts on an object, it will accelerate
(i.e., change its velocity).
(b) It is possible the speed is constant if the particle is travelling in a circle.
(c) The kinetic energy is proportional to the square of the speed and the mass. Since both can remain constant under these
conditions, the kinetic energy may be constant.
6. Agree. In the absence of friction (including air resistance), all of the gravitational potential energy will be converted into
kinetic energy. The mass will cancel in each term.
7. (a) Damped vibrations are useful in the suspension of a vehicle.
(b) Damped vibrations are not useful in a pendulum clock.
8. It is not possible to have a motion that is not damped. Such a device would be a perpetual motion machine that cannot
exist. The force of friction within the system cannot be avoided.
9. m = 0.425 kg
y = 11.8 m
(a) W = ?

2
( cos )
( cos )
(0.425 kg)(9.80 m/s )(cos180 )(11.8 m)
49.1 J
W F d
mg y
W
=
=
=
=

The work gravity does on the ball on the way up is 49.1 J.
(b) W = ?

2
( cos )
( cos )
(0.425 kg)(9.80 m/s )(cos 0 )(11.8 m)
49.1 J
W F d
mg y
W
=
=
=
=

The work gravity does on the ball on the way down is 49.1 J.
10. F = 9.3 N
W = 87 J
d = 11 m
= ?


1
1
( cos )
cos
cos
87 J
cos
(9.3 N)(11 m)
32
W F d
W
F d
W
F d
=
=

=

=

The angle between the applied force and the horizontal is 32.
11. Let the subscript C represent the child, and TO represent the toboggan.
m
C
= 25.6 kg
m
TO
= 4.81 kg
y = 27.3 m
(a) W
C
= ?

First, find the actual distance:

27.3
sin
27.3
sin
d
d
=

The applied force, F
A
, will be equal to the component of gravity down the hill, mgsin

C
3
C
( cos )
( sin )(cos )
27.3
( sin )(cos )
sin
( cos )(27.3)
(4.81 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(27.3)
1.29 10 J
W F d
mg d
mg
mg
W
=
=

=

=
=
=

The total work done by the child is 1.29 10
3
J.
(b) From part (a), the angle doesnt matter, therefore W = 1.29 10
3
J.
(c) The total work on the child and toboggan during the slide will be equal to the work done to take them up the hill. Using
the equation derived in part (a),

T
3
T
( cos )(27.3)
(25.6 kg 4.81 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(27.3)
8.14 10 J
W mg
W
=
= +
=

The total work on the child and the toboggan is 8.14 10
3
J.
12. m = 73 kg
= 9.3
v
i
= 4.2 m/s
d = ?

The relation between the distance along the slope and the vertical height is:

sin9.3
sin9.3
y
d
y d
=

To calculate the change in distance:

T1 T2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2 ( sin 9.3 )
2 (sin 9.3 )
(4.2 m/s)
2(9.8 m/s)(sin9.3 )
5.6 m
E E
mv mg y
v g d
v
d
g
d
=
=
=
=
=

The skier would travel 5.6 m along the hill before stopping.
13. An increase of 50% is equivalent of multiplying by 1.5:

2
2
K2
2
K1
1
2
K1 2
2
K1 1
2
1
2
1
2 2
1 1 1
2
1 1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1.50
( 2.00)
1.5
1.5 4 4
0.5 4 4 0
( 4) ( 4) 4(0.5)( 4)
2(0.5)
4 4.899
1
8.90 m/s, or 0 899 m/s
mv
E
E
mv
E v
E v
v
v
v v v
v v
v
v .
=
=
+
=
= + +
=

=
=
=

Since the negative value is not admissible, the original speed of the object was 8.90 m/s.
14. m = 7.0 10
9
kg
y = 36 m
(a) E
g
= ?

g
9
12
g
(7.0 10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(36 m)
2.5 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The gravitational potential energy is 2.5 10
12
J.
(b) The work done by on the pyramid by one person in 20 years is:
( ) ( )
6
8
5 10 J 40 d
0.20 20 a 8 10 J/person
d a

=

To calculate the total number of people:

12
3
8
2.5 10
3 10 people
8 10

There were 3 10
3
workers involved.

15. m = 45 kg
d = 66 cm = 0.66 m
(a) W = ?

2
( cos )
( cos )
(45 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos180 )(0.66 m)
2.9 10 J
W F d
mg d
W
=
=
=
=

The work done by gravity on the mass is 2.9 10
2
J.
(b) W = ?

2
( cos )
( cos )
(45 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(cos 0 )(0.66 m)
2.9 10 J
W F d
mg d
W
=
=
=
=

The work done by the weightlifter on the mass is 2.9 10
2
J.
(c) E
g
= ?

g
2
g
(45 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(0.66 m)
2.9 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The change in gravitational potential energy is 2.9 10
2
J.
16. m = 47 g = 0.047 kg
(a) y = 4.3 m
v
2
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
1 1
2 2
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
=
+ = +

Since v
1
= 0:

2
1 2 2
2
2 1 2
2 1 2
2
2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
2(9.8 m/s )(4.3 m)
9.2 m/s
gy v gy
v gy gy
v g y y
v
= +
=
=
=
=

The speed of the stick just before it hits the ground is 9.2 m/s.
(b) If air resistance was included, the answer in part (a) would be slightly smaller. The energy from gravity would be
shared between the thermal energy and the kinetic energy.
17. y
1
27 m
v
1
= 18 m/s
= 37
(a) v
2
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
2 1 1 2
2
2 1 1 2
2 2
2
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
(18 m/s) 2(9.8 m/s )(27 m 0 m)
29 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
v v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

The speed of the stick just before it hits the ground is 29 m/s.
(b) The angle the stick is thrown at does not appear in the equation, so the answer will still be 29 m/s.

18. F = 1.5 10
2
N [22 below the horizontal]
m = 18 kg
d = 1.6 m
k
= 0.55

(a) F
N
= ?
F
K
= ?

To calculate the normal force:

N A
N A
2
2
N
0
sin 22 0
sin 22
(1.5 10 N)(sin 22 ) (18 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
232.6 N
2.3 10 N
y
F
F F mg
F F mg
F
=
=
= +
= +
=
=

To calculate the force of friction:

K K N
2
K
(0.55)(232.6 N)
127.9
1.3 10 N
F F
F
=
=
=
=

The normal force on the box is 2.3 10
2
N. The force of friction on the box is 1.3 10
2
N.
(b) v = ?

If the box is starting from rest, there is no initial kinetic energy.

th K
2
K
2
K
K
2
1
( cos )
2
2( cos ) 2
2( cos ) 2
2(1.5 10 N)(cos 22 )(cos 0 )(1.6 m) 2(127.9 N)(1.6 m)
18 kg
1.4 m/s
W E E
F d F d mv
mv F d F d
F d F d
v
m
v
= +
= +
=

=

=
=

The final speed of the box is 1.4 m/s.
(c) E
th
= ?

th K
2
th
(127.9 N)(1.6 m)
2.0 10 J
E F d
E
=
=
=

2
J.

19. m = 1.2 10
3
kg
v
1
= 9.5 10
3
m/s
F = 9.2 10
4
N
d = 86 km = 86 10
3
m
v
2
= ?

K
2 2
f i
2 2
f i
2
f i
4 3
3 2
3
4
f
1 1
2 2
1 1
2 2
2
2(9.2 10 N)(86 10 m)
(9.5 10 m/s)
1.2 10 kg
1.0 10 m/s
W E
F d mv mv
mv F d mv
F d
v v
m
v
=
=
= +
= +

= +
=

The final speed of the probe is 1.0 10
4
m/s.
20. y
1
= 1.15 m
y
2
= 4.75 m
v
1
= ?

T1 T2
K1 g1 g2
2
1 1 2
2
1 2 1
1 2 1
2
1
1
2
2( )
2 ( )
2(9.80 m/s )(4.75 m 1.15 m)
8.40 m/s
E E
E E E
mv mgy mgy
v gy gy
v g y y
v
=
+ =
+ =
=
=
=
=

The speed with which the gymnast leaves the trampoline is 8.40 m/s.
21. The work in the area under the graph. Consider the area in three parts:

triangle 1 rectangle triangle 2
1 1 2 2
1 1
2 2
1 1
(1.0 m)(12.0 N) (2.0 m 1.0 m)(12.0 N) (6.0 m 2.0 m)(12.0 N)
2 2
42 J
W A A A
b h lw b h
W
= + +
= + +
= + +
=

The person does 42 J of work.
22. x = 0.418 m
F = 1.00 10
2
N
(a) k = ?

2
1.00 10 N
0.418 m
239 N/m
x
x
F kx
F
k
x
k
=
=
=
=

(b) x = 0.150 m
F
x
= ?

(239 N/m)(0.150 m)
35.9 N
x
x
F kx
F
=
=
=

The force required to stretch the spring is 35.9 N.
(c) To stretch it 0.150 m:

2
e
2
e
1
2
1
(239 N/m)(0.150 m)
2
2.69 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

To compress it 0.300 m:

2
e
2
e
1
2
1
(239 N/m)( 0.300 m)
2
10.8 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

The work required is 2.69 J to stretch it, and 10.8 J to compress it.
23. k = 22 N/m
m = 7.5 10
3
kg
F
K
= 4.2 10
2
N
x = 3.5 cm = 0.035 m
d = ?

T1 T2
e th
2
K
2
K
2
2
1
2
2
(22 N/m)(0.035 m)
2(4.2 10 N)
0.32 m
E E
E E
kx F d
kx
d
F
d
=
=
=
=
=
=

The eraser will slide 0.32 m along the desk.
24. k = 75 N/m
A = 0.15 m
v = 1.7 m/s
x = 0.12 m
m = ?

For SHM, all of the energy is E
e
when at the maximum amplitude, A:

( ) ( )
( )
T1 T2
e max e K
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2
2 2
2
1 1 1
2 2 2
( )
75 N/m 0.15 m 0.12 m
(1.7 m/s)
0.21 kg
E E
E E E
kA kx mv
mv kA kx
k A x
m
v
m
=
= +
= +
=
=
=

The mass of the block is 0.21 kg.

25. m = 0.42 kg
k = 38 N/m
A = 5.3 cm = 0.053 m
(a) E
e
= ?

Maximum energy occurs at full amplitude.

2
e
2
e
1
2
1
(38 N/m)(0.053 m)
2
0.053 J
E kx
E
=
=
=

The maximum energy of the mass-spring system is 0.053 J.
(b) v = ?

Maximum speed occurs when there is no elastic potential energy:

T1 T2
e max K
2 2
2 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
38 N/m(0.053 m)
0.42 kg
0.50 m/s
E E
E E
kA mv
mv kA
kA
v
m
v
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

(c) x = 4.0 cm = 0.040 m
v = ?

( ) ( )
( )
T1 T2
e max e K
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2 2
1 1 1
2 2 2
( )
38 N/m 0.053 m 0.040 m
0.42 kg
0.33 m/s
E E
E E E
kA kx mv
mv kA kx
k A x
v
m
v
=
= +
= +
=
=
=

(d) x = 4.0 cm = 0.040 m
E
T
= ?

T e K
2 2
2 2
T
1 1
2 2
1 1
(38 N/m)(0.040 m) (0.42 kg)(0.33 m/s)
2 2
0.053 J
E E E
kx mv
E
= +
= +
= +
=

The total energy is 0.053 J. The results are the same.

26. (a) One text weighs 2.0 kg and has a thickness of 3.6 cm. The first one doesnt need to be raised at all.

g1 g2 g3 g4 g5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
( )
(2.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0 m 0.036 m 0.072 m 0.108 m 0.144 m)
7.1 J
W E E E E E
mgy mgy mgy mgy mgy
mg y y y y y
W
= + + + +
= + + + +
= + + + +
= + + + +
=

You would have to do 7.1 J of work.
(b) Some errors would be determining the mass of the text. Also, the thickness may compress the books on the bottom.
Not all texts may have the same mass.
27. The calculator would need to know the distance the box was pushed.
28.

29. The tractor seat would need to have a strong spring to absorb large bumps, and a shock absorber to prevent launching
the driver. There would have to be smaller springs on top of that to absorb small vibrations. Damping would be important
to prevent resonance.
Making Connections
30. Roller coasters are often shut down in high winds because of the loss of energy that may occur due to increased air
resistance. Cold can cause parts to shrink and increase frictional forces beyond safe limits.
31. (a) The ball on track B will arrive first. Shortly after the start, the vertical drop of the ball on track B causes an increase in
the speed, which it will enjoy for the majority of the race. At the end, it will slow down to the same speed that the ball
on track A has just accelerated to.
(b) Racing cyclists use this in a variety of ways. The sprinters stay high on the track until ready to make a break for it,
converting all of their stored gravitational energy into kinetic. Team racers use the change to minimize the work of the
rider. When the leader is ready to give up his spot, he rides up the hill a bit, converting some of his kinetic energy into
gravitational potential energy, reducing his speed. Once the last team mate has passed, he can drop down again, gaining
the gravitational potential energy back as kinetic energy without needing to supply it from his own body power.
32. (a) v
1
= 0 m/s
v
2
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2
2 1 2
2 1 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
2(9.80 m/s )(37.8 m 17.8 m)
19.8 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v gy gy
v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
=
=
=
=

The speed of the coaster at position C is 19.8 m/s.

(b) v
1
= 5.00 m/s
v
2
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
2 1 1 2
2
2 1 1 2
2 2
2
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
(5.00 m/s) 2(9.80 m/s )(37.8 m 17.8 m)
20.4 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
v v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

The speed of the coaster at position C is 20.4 m/s.
33. (a) The mass is not necessary because it cancels out of the mathematical equations.
(b) You might expect the speed would be 5.0 m/s more at the second point, but the reality is that the small kinetic energy
supplied by having a speed going over the first hill is negligible compared with the large amount of gravitational
potential energy.
34. a = 12 g [upward]
(a) F
A
= ?

A
A
A
( )
(0.12 )
1.12
y
F ma
F mg ma
F ma mg
m a g
m g g
F mg
=
=
= +
= +
= +
=

The force required is 1.12mg.
(b) W = ?

( cos )
(1.12 )(cos 0 )( )
1.12
W F d
mg y
W mg y
=
=
=

The work done is 1.12mgy.
35. m = 1.5 kg
k = 2.1 10
3
N/m
y = 0.37 m
x = ?


T1 T2
2
3 2
2
2
1
2
1
(1.5)(9.8)(0.37 ) (2.1 10 )
2
5.439 14.7 1050
1050 14.7 5.439 0
E E
mg y kx
x x
x x
x x
=
=
+ =
+ =
=

Using the quadratic equation:

2
( 14.7) ( 14.7) 4(1050)( 5.439)
2(1050)
14.7 151.9
2100
0.079 m or 0.065 m (negative value inadmissable)
0.079 m
x
x
x

=
=
= =
=

The maximum distance the spring is compressed is 0.079 m.
36. m = 0.55 g = 5.5 10
4
kg
d = 95 cm = 0.95 m
d
x
= 3.7 m
E
e
= ?

First we must calculate the time required for the vertical drop (v
i
= 0):

2
i
2
2
1
( )
2
1
( )
2
2
2( 0.95 m)
9.8 m/s
0.44 s
d v t a t
d a t
d
t
a
t
= +
=
=

To calculate the horizontal speed:

3.7 m
0.44 s
8.4 m/s
x x
x
x
x
d v t
d
v
t
v
=
=
=

We know that initial kinetic energy came from elastic potential energy, therefore:

T1 T2
e K
2
4 2
e
1
2
1
(5.5 10 kg)(8.4 m/s)
2
0.019 J
E E
E E
mv
E
=
=
=
=
=

The elastic potential energy stored was 0.019 J.

37. y
1
= 16 m
y
2
= 9.0 m
H = ?

First we must solve for the launch speed if v
1
= 0:

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2
1 2 2
2
2 1 2
2 1 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
2(9.8 m/s )(16 m 9.0 m)
11.71 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
gy v gy
v gy gy
v g y y
v
=
+ = +
= +
=
=
=
=

Resolve vector components:

As just clearing the wall, the horizontal component will be the same, and the vertical component must produce a 30 angle
to the vertical.

To calculate the vertical speed:

( )
2
2
cos 45
tan30
cos 45
tan30
11.71 m/s cos 45
tan30
14.35 m/s [down]
y
y
y
v
v
v
v
v
=

Determine how far the skier has dropped from the launch point:

( )( )
( )
2 2
f i
2 2
f i
2
2
2
2
2
( 14.35 m/s) 11.71 m/s sin 45
2( 9.8 m/s )
7.0 m
v v a d
v v
d
a
d
= +
=

=
=

Therefore, the wall must be 9.0 7.0 = 2.0 m tall.
38. y
1
= 2.5 m
v
1
= 9.0 m/s
y
2
= 3.0 m
v
2
= ?

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
2 1 1 2
2
2 1 1 2
2 2
2
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 ( )
(9.0 m/s) 2(9.8 m/s )(2.5 m 3.0 m)
8.4 m/s
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v gy v gy
v v gy gy
v v g y y
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

The speed of the ball when it swishes through the hoop is 8.4 m/s.
39. g = 2.0
v
1
= 6.0
y
2
= 5.0
S = ?

Solve for the launch speed at the top of the ramp where y
1
= 0:

T1 T2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 2 2
2 2
2 1 2
2
2 1 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
0 2
2
2
(6.0) 2(2.0)(5.0)
4.0 units
E E
mv mgy mv mgy
v v gy
v v gy
v v gy
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
=
=
=
=

Analyze projectile motion to find the change in time:

2
i
2
2
2
1
( )
2
1
5.0 (4.0sin 30 ) ( 2.0)( )
2
5 2 ( )
( ) 2 5 0
y y
d v t a t
t t
t t
t t
= +
= +
=
=

Using the quadratic equation:

2
( 2) ( 2) 4(1)( 5)
2(1)
2 4.9
2
3.45 units or 1.45 units (dismiss negative answer)
3.45 units
t
t

=
=
=
=

To calculate horizontal range (S):
(4.0cos30 )(3.45)
12 units
x
S v t
S
=
=
=

The shuttle lands a distance of 12 units from the ramp.

Copyright 2003 Nelson Chapter 5 Momentum and Collisions 299
CHAPTER 5 MOMENTUM AND COLLISIONS
(Page 230)

1. (a) The expression refers to once you start playing well, it is easier to keep playing well (or scoring, or winning).
(b) The physics meaning refers to a specific quantity. The everyday use of the word momentum can mean continuing to do
well and inertia.
2. (a) The momentum of car A is less than the momentum of car B.
(b) The momentum of bicycle and rider A is less than the momentum of bicycle and rider B.
(c) The momentum of the large truck A is greater than the momentum of car B.
3. (a) The phrase follow-through refers to continue to swing the racket/club even after contact with the ball is made.
This allows the racket/club to be in contact with the ball for a longer period of time.
(b) Follow-through affects the momentum (or change in it).
4. (a) One technique that could be used is to break the total area up into eight different rectangles. The height of each would
be an estimate. Each rectangles area could be determined and the sum would give the total area.
(b)
2
kg m kg m
N s s
s s
F t

= = =
5. The car should be designed with crunch zones to absorb the energy. If elastic bumpers were used, the car would rebound
and be able to impact other objects.

Try This Activity: Predicting the Bounces
(Page 231)

(a) Prediction: The balls will bounce to the same height.
(b) Ball A and ball B both seem to be made from the same material. They possess approximately equal density and are
approximately the same size. Since the balls appear to be identical, they will possess the same amount of elasticity and
will bounce to the same height.
(c) The balls did not bounce to the same height. Our prediction and hypothesis were not supported by the evidence.
(d) Much of the kinetic energy of one ball is conserved in the bounce. The kinetic energy of the other ball is not conserved.
It is transformed into other forms. This ball loses kinetic energy in the bounce and does not bounce to the same height.
Bales of hay placed on the sides of ski-racing runs transform the kinetic energy of the skier into other forms, slowing the
skier down and reducing the chance for bodily harm.

5.1 MOMENTUM AND IMPULSE
PRACTICE
(Page 233)
1. (a) m = 7.0 10
3
kg
v
= 7.9 m/s
? p =

3
4
(7.0 10 kg)(7.9 m/s)
5.5 10 kg m/s [E]
p mv
p
=
=
=

The momentum of the African elephant is
4
5.5 10 kg m/s [E] .

300 Unit 2 Energy and Momentum Copyright 2003 Nelson
(b) m = 19 kg
v
= 726 m/s
? p =

2
(19 kg)(26 m/s)
4.9 10 kg m/s [S]
p mv
p
=
=
=

The momentum of the mute swan is
2
4.9 10 kg m/s [S] .
(c) m = 9.1 10
31
kg
v
= 1.0 10
7
m/s
? p =

31 7
24
(9.1 10 kg)(1.0 10 m/s)
9.1 10 kg m/s [forward]
p mv
p
=
=
=

The momentum of the electron is
24
9.1 10 kg m/s [forward]
.
2. m = 405 kg

3
5.02 10 kg m/s p =
= ?

3
5.02 10 kg m/s
405 kg
12.4 m/s [W]
p mv
p
v
m
v
=
=

=
=

The velocity of the craft is 12.4 m/s [W] .
3. 4.5 kg m/s p =
= 9.0 10
2
m/s
m = ?

2
3
4.5 kg m/s
9.0 10 m/s
5.0 10 kg
p mv
p
m
v
m

=
=

The mass of the bullet is
3
5.0 10 kg
.
4. (a) Assuming a mass of 58 kg and a top speed of 8.0 m/s.

2
(58 kg)(8.0 m/s)
4.6 10 kg m/s
p mv
p
=
=
=

The magnitude of the momentum of an average student would be
2
4.6 10 kg m/s .
(b) Assume a typical compact car to have a mass of 1200 kg.

2
4.6 10 kg m/s
1200 kg
0.39 m/s
p mv
p
v
m
v
=
=

=
=

A typical compact car would have to travel at a velocity of 0.39 m/s to achieve the same momentum.

PRACTICE
(Page 237)
5. impulse change in momentum

2
N s
kg m
s
s
kg m
s
F t
F t
=
=

( )
m
kg
s
kg m
s
p m v
p
=

=

=

Therefore, the units of impulse and change in momentum are equivalent.
6. (a) m = 0.065 kg
v
iy
= 3.8 m/s

i
?
y
p =

i i
i
(0.065 kg)( 3.8 m/s)
0.25 kg m/s
y y
y
p mv
p
=
=
=

The momentum of the snowball before hitting the ground is 0.25 kgm/s.
(b) v
fy
= 0.0 m/s

f
?
y
p =

f f
f
(0.065 kg)(0.0 m/s)
0.0 kg m/s
y y
y
p mv
p
=
=
=

The momentum of the snowball after hitting the ground is 0.0 kgm/s.
(c)
f i y y y
p p p =

0.0 kg m/s ( 0.25 kg m/s)
0.25 kg m/s
y
p
=
=

The change in momentum is 0.25 kgm/s.
7. (a)
3
4.8 10 N
x
F =
3.5 s t =
impulse =
x
F t = ?

3
(4.8 10 N)(3.5 s)
x
F t =

4
1.7 10 N s [W]
x
F t =
The impulse on the truck over this time interval is
4
1.7 10 N s [W] .
(b)
4
i
5.8 10 kg m/s
x
p =

fx
p = ?

x x
F t p =

f i
f i
4 4
4
f
1.7 10 N s 5.8 10 kg m/s
7.5 10 kg m/s [W]
x x x
x x x
x
F t p p
p F t p
p
=
= +
= +
=

The final momentum of the truck is
4
7.5 10 kg m/s [W] .

8. m = 0.27 kg
v
ix
= 2.7 m/s
v
fx
= 0 m/s

x
F = 33 N [W]
t = ?

Choosing the initial direction of the ball (east) as positive:

f i
f i
( )
( )
0.27 kg(0 m/s 2.7 m/s)
33 N
0.022 s, or 22 ms
x x
x x x
x x
x
F t p
F t m v v
m v v
t
F
t
=
=
=

The ball is in contact with the net for 22 ms.
9. v = 75.5 m/s [11.1 below the horizontal]
m =
5
1.24 10 kg
p
x
= ?
p
y
= ?

5
6
(1.24 10 kg)(75.5 m/s)
9.362 10 kg m/s
p p
mv
p
=
=
=
=

6
6
cos11.1
cos11.1
(9.362 10 kg m/s)(cos11.1 )
9.19 10 kg m/s
x
x
x
p
p
p p
p
=
=
=
=

6
6
sin11.1
sin11.1
(9.362 10 kg m/s)(sin11.1 )
1.80 10 kg m/s
y
y
y
p
p
p p
p
=
=
=
=

The horizontal component of the planes momentum is
6
9.19 10 kg m/s and the vertical component is
6
1.80 10 kg m/s .
10. (a) Using the area of a triangle:

1
impulse
2
1
(0.5 s)(4.0 N)
2
impulse 1.0 N s [E]
A bh = =
=
=

The impulse imparted is 1.0 Ns [E].

(b) Estimate the shape from 0 s 0.2 s to be a triangle.
Estimate the shape from 0.2 s 0.4 s to be a trapezoid.
Estimate the shape from 0.4 s 1.0 s to be a trapezoid.

The sum of all three is the total impulse:

1 2 1 2
1
1
impulse
2 2 2
1 30 N 40 N 40 N 60 N
(0.2 s)(30 N) (0.4 s 0.2 s) (1.0 s 0.4 s)
2 2 2
impulse 4.0 10 N s [S]
h h h h
A bh b b
+ +
= = + +

+ +
= + +

=

The impulse imparted is 4.0 10
1
Ns [S].
Making Connections
11. (a) Padded gloves increase the duration of time that the moving hand (punch) comes to rest. This causes a decrease in the
size of the force applied to the head (and the hand), reducing fractures.
(b) By rolling with a punch, a boxer increases the contact time, and reduces the applied force as the punch is applied.

(Page 238)
1. The net force on an object is the rate of change in momentum.

p
F
t

2. Impulse is most useful when there is only a single net force acting on an object.
3. (a) 24 N F =
[E]
3.2 s t =
F t
= ?

(24 N)(3.2 s)
77 N s [E]
F t
F t
=
=

The impulse exerted is 77 N s [E] .
(b)
2
1.2 10 N F =
[forward]
9.1 ms t =
F t
= ?

2 3
(1.2 10 N)(9.1 10 s)
1.1 N s [forward]
F t
F t
=
=

The impulse exerted is 1.1 N s [forward] .
(c) m = 12 kg
g
= 9.8 m/s
2
[down]
3.0 s t =
F t
= ?

2
2
(12 kg)(9.8 m/s )(3.0 s)
3.5 10 N s [down]
F t mg t
F t
=
=
=

The impulse exerted is
2
3.5 10 N s [down] .

(d) Solve for the area under the graph. Estimate the geometric shapes shown.

1 2 3
1 1.0 N 3.7 N 3.9 N 5.0 N
(0.010 s)(0.81 N) (0.020 s 0.010 s) (0.040 s 0.020 s)
2 2 2
0.12 N s [S]
F t A A A
F t
= + +
+ +
= + +

=

The impulse exerted is 0.12 N s [S] .
4.
system
41 kg 21 kg 62 kg m = + =

i
f
2.0 s
75 N [W]
0 m/s
?
x
x
x
t
F
v
v
=
=
=
=

f i
f i
i
f
i
f
(75 N)(2.0 s)
0 m/s
(41 kg 21 kg)
2.4 m/s [W]
x x
x x x
x x x
x x
x
x
x
x
F t p
F t mv mv
mv F t mv
F t mv
v
m
F t
v
m
v
=
=
= +
+
=

= +
= +
+
=

The final velocity of the cart and the child will be 2.4 m/s [W].
5.
3
1.1 10 kg m =

i
f
22 m/s
0 m/s
1.5 s
?
x
x
x
v
v
t
F
=
=
=
=


f i
f i
3
4 4
( )
( )
(1.1 10 kg)(0 m/s 22 m/s)
1.5 s
1.6 10 N [E], or 1.6 10 N [W]
x x
x x x
x x
x
x
F t p
F t m v v
m v v
F
t
F
=
=

=
=

The average force required to stop the car is
4
1.6 10 N [W] .
6. (a) 0.17 kg m =

i
f
2.1 m/s [right]
1.8 m/s [left]
?
x
x
x
v
v
p
=
=
=

Choose right as the positive direction.

f i
( )
(0.17 kg)( 1.8 m/s 2.1 m/s)
0.66 kg m/s [right]
0.66 kg m/s [left]
x x x
x
p m v v
p
=
=
=
=

The change in momentum of the ball is 0.66 kg m/s [left] .
(b)
x
F t = ?

The impulse is equal to the change in momentum, but the units are written in a different form.

f i
( )
(0.17 kg)( 1.8 m/s 2.1 m/s)
0.66 N s [right]
0.66 N s [left]
x x x
x
F t m v v
F t
=
=
=
=

The impulse given to the ball by the cushion is 0.66 N s [left] .
7. (a) 0.16 kg m =

f
i
11 m/s
18 m/s
?
x
x
x
v
v
p
=
=
=

f i
( )
(0.16 kg)(11 m/s 18 m/s)
1.1 kg m/s [forward]
1.1 kg m/s [backward]
x x x
x
p m v v
p
=
=
=
=

The change in momentum of the puck is 1.1 kg m/s [backward] .
(b) ?
x
F t =

f i
( )
(0.16 kg)(11 m/s 18 m/s)
1.1 N s [forward]
1.1 N s [backward]
x x x
x
F t m v v
F t
=
=
=
=

The impulse exerted by the snow on the puck is 1.1 N s [backward] .

(c) 2.5 s t =

K
? F =

f i
f i
K
K
( )
( )
(0.16 kg)(11 m/s 18 m/s)
2.5 s
0.45 N [forward]
0.45 N [backward]
x x x
x x
F t m v v
m v v
F
t
F
=
=
=
=

The average frictional force exerted by the snow on the puck is 0.45 N [backward].
8. 0.50 kg m =

i
f
1.5 s
1.4 N [W]
2.4 m/s
?
x
x
x
t
F
v
v
=
=
=
=

Choose east as the positive direction.

f i
f i
i
f
i
f
( 1.4 N)(1.5 s)
2.4 m/s
(0.50 kg)
1.8 m/s [E]
1.8 m/s [W]
x x
x x x
x x x
x x
x
x
x
x
F t p
F t mv mv
mv F t mv
F t mv
v
m
F t
v
m
v
=
=
= +
+
=

= +
= +
=
=

The final velocity of the disk is 1.8 m/s [W].
9. 2.0 kg m =

f
i
0.50 s
6.0 N [N]
4.5 m/s
?
x
x
x
t
F
v
v
=
=
=
=

Choose north as the positive direction.

f i
i f
f
i
f
i
(6.0 N)(0.50 s)
4.5 m/s
(2.0 kg)
3.0 m/s [N]
x x
x x x
x x x
x x
x
x
x
x
F t p
F t mv mv
mv mv F t
mv F t
v
m
F t
v
m
v
=
=
=

=

=
=
=

The initial velocity of the skateboard is 3.0 m/s [N].

10. (a) 0.61 kg m =

i
f
9.6 m/s [down]
8.5 m/s [up]
?
x
x
x
v
v
p
=
=
=

Choose up as positive.

f i
( )
(0.61 kg)(8.5 m/s ( 9.6 m/s))
11 kg m/s [up]
x x x
x
p m v v
p
=
=
=

The change in momentum of the basketball is 11 kg m/s [up] .
(b)
3
6.5 ms 6.5 10 s t

= =

floor
? F =

Choose up as positive.

f i
f i
floor
3
3
floor
( )
( )
(0.61 kg)(8.5 m/s ( 9.6 m/s))
6.5 10 s
1.7 10 N [up]
x x x
x x
F t m v v
m v v
F
t
F
=

The average force exerted on the basketball by the floor is
3
1.7 10 N [up] .
11. The force of gravity can be ignored in question 10 because it is so small compared to the force exerted by the floor
(approximately 6.0 N compared with 1700 N).
12. By using a high-speed digital camera, take rapid photos during the swing. For each athlete, compare the distance that the
racket is in contact with the ball. The longer the distance, the greater the follow-through.

Making Connections
13. The change in momentum when you land is the same for either type of landing. When you bend your knees, the time that
the force is applied is longer, so the required force is less. This smaller force is less likely to cause pain.
14. (a) The analyst could determine the initial speed of the bumper component from its skid marks. To estimate the initial
speeds of each vehicle, you would need to know the mass of each vehicle and how far each one skidded after the
collision. Using this information, you can also determine approximate coefficients of friction and solve for speeds
immediately after the collision. This would provide enough information to calculate the change in momenta of each
vehicle.
(b) Answers will vary.

5.2 CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM IN ONE DIMENSION
PRACTICE
(Pages 243244)
1. The net force on the system must be zero for momentum to be conserved.
2. For the centre of mass of the system, the statement is equivalent to Newtons first law. With no net force acting on the
system, the centre of mass of the system will not experience any change in velocity. However, the individual parts of the
system will undergo various changes in speed and direction.
3. (a) Earth will exert a downward force on the hairbrush.
(b) The hairbrush will exert an upward force on Earth.
(c) The forces in (a) and (b) are the same in magnitude.
(d) The net force of the system containing Earth and the hairbrush is zero.
(e) Momentum of this system will be conserved.
(f) Earth will move up as the hairbrush falls down.
(g) Choose up as positive.

1
24
2
1
2
0.0598 kg
5.98 10 kg
10 m/s [down]
?
y
y
m
m
v
v
=
=
=
=

1 1 2 2
1 1
2
2
24
25
2
0
(0.0598 kg)( 10 m/s)
5.98 10 kg
1 10 m/s [up]
y y
y y
y
y
y
p p
m v m v
m v
v
m
v

=
= +
=
=

Earths speed at this time is
25
1 10 m/s [up]
.
4.
1
45 kg m =

2
1
2
33 kg
1.9 m/s [E]
?
x
x
m
v
v
=
=
=

Choose east as positive.

1 1 2 2
1 1
2
2
2
0
(45 kg)(1.9 m/s)
33 kg
2.6 m/s [E]
2.6 m/s [W]
x x
x x
x
x
x
p p
m v m v
m v
v
m
v
=
= +
=
=
=
=

The velocity of the raft relative to the water is 2.6 m/s [W].
5.
1
56.9 kg m =

1
2
2
3.28 m/s
3.69 m/s
?
x
x
v
v
m
=
=
=

1 1 2 2
1 1
2
2
2
0
(56.9 kg)(3.28 m/s)
3.69 m/s
50.6 kg
x x
x x
x
x
p p
m v m v
m v
m
v
m
=
= +
=
=
=

The mass of the other skater is 50.6 kg.
6.
1
11 kg m =

2
1
2
24 kg
95 m/s
?
x
x
m
v
v
=
=
=

1 1 2 2
1 1
2
2
2
0
(11 kg)(95 m/s)
24 kg
44 m/s
x x
x x
x
x
x
p p
m v m v
m v
v
m
v
=
= +
=
=
=

The speed of the 24-kg piece is 44 m/s in the opposite direction.
7.
4
1
1.37 10 kg m =

4
2
1
1 2
2
1.12 10 kg
20.0 km/h [N]
18.3 m/s (when coupled)
?
m
v
v v v
v
=
=
= = =
=


1 2
Since , v v v = =

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 2
2 2 1 2 1 1
1 2 1 1
2
2
4 4 4
4
2
( )
( )
( )
(1.37 10 kg 1.12 10 kg)(18.3 km/h) (1.37 10 kg)(20.0 km/h)
1.12 10 kg
16.2 km/h [N]
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m m v
m v m m v m v
m m v m v
v
m
v
+ = +
+ = +
= +
+
=
+
=
=

The initial velocity of the second car is 16.2 km/h [N].
8.
1
0.15 kg m =

2
1
2
2
1
0.045 kg
56 m/s
0
67 m/s
?
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2
1
1
2 2
1
1
1
0
(0.045 kg)(67 m/s)
56 m/s
0.15 kg
36 m/s
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v
v
m
m v
v
m
v
+ = +
+ = +
=

=
=
=
=

The head of the driver has a speed of 36 m/s immediately after the collision.
9. (a) Cart A moves toward the stationary cart B. This causes the two carts to collide, imparting speed to cart B. There is no
data to tell what happens to cart A during the last part of the collision and after.
(b) Cart B has no speed, so the system momentum will be equal to the momentum of cart A.

system A
A A
system
(0.40 kg)(0.60 m/s)
0.24 kg m/s [E]
p p
m v
p
=
=
=
=

The momentum of the system of carts before the collision is 0.24 kg m/s [E] .
(c)
A
0.40 kg m =

B
A
B
B
A
0.80 kg
0.60 m/s [E]
0
0.35 m/s [E]
?
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=

Choosing east as positive.

A A B B A A B B
A A A A B B
A A A A B B
A A B B
A
A
B B
A
A
A
0
(0.80 kg)(0.35 m/s)
0.60 m/s
0.40 kg
0.10 m/s [E], or 0.10 m/s [W]
p p
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v
v
m
m v
v
m
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
=

=
=
=
=

The velocity of cart A after the collision is 0.10 m/s [W].
(d)

Making Connections
10. Assuming the astronaut has something to throw, he could throw it away from the spaceship. This would cause him to
move toward the ship.

(Pages 244245)
1. (a) F The forces are the same (Newtons third law).
(b) F The magnitude of the changes in momenta will be equal.
(c) T
(d) F The magnitude of the changes in momenta will be equal.
2. Yes. An example would be two dynamics carts on a track that have had a spring bumper explosion.
3. (a) Momentum is conserved. There is no net external force of the system of objects.
(b) Momentum is conserved. There is no net external force of the system of objects.
(c) Momentum is not conserved. There is an external force applied by the stove on the pan.
4. It is not possible to react against the vacuum of space. A rocket ship works by pushing exhaust gasses out the back, and
the exhaust gases push back on the rocket ship. There is not involvement of the air (or not).

5.
1
57 kg m =

2
1 2
1
2
27 kg
3.2 m/s [forward] (when together)
3.8 m/s [forward]
?
m
v v v
v
v
=
= = =
=
=

Choose forward as positive.

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 2 1 1 2 2
2 2 1 2 1 1
1 2 1 1
2
2
2
( )
( )
( )
(57 kg 27 kg)(3.2 m/s) (57 kg)(3.8 m/s)
27 kg
1.9 m/s [forward]
m v m v m v m v
m m v m v m v
m v m m v m v
m m v m v
v
m
v
+ = +
+ = +
= +
+
=
+
=
=

The final velocity of the cart is 1.9 m/s [forward].
6.
1
65 kg 35 kg 100 kg m = + = (treating the hiker and raft as a single object)

2
1
2
1
2
19 kg
0
0
1.1 m/s [S]
?
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=

Choose south as positive.

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2
1 1
2
2
2
0
(100 kg)(1.1 m/s)
19 kg
5.8 m/s [S], or 5.8 m/s [N]
p p
m v m v m v m v
m v m v
m v
v
m
v
=
+ = +
= +
=
=
=

The hiker threw the backpack with a velocity of 5.8 m/s [N] relative to the water.
7.
3
1
1.13 10 kg m =

3
2
1
2
1 2
1.25 10 kg
25.7 m/s [E]
13.8 m/s [W]
? (when coupled)
m
v
v
v v v
=
=
=
= = =

Choose east as positive.

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 2
1 1 2 2
1 2
3 3
3 3
( )
(1.13 10 kg)(25.7 m/s) (1.25 10 kg)( 13.8 m/s)
1.13 10 kg 1.25 10 kg
4.95 m/s [E]
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m m v
m v m v
v
m m
v
+ = +
+ = +
+
=
+
+
=
+
=

The velocity of the system after the collision is 4.95 m/s [E].

8. (a) For the first vehicle:

3
1
1
1 2
1.13 10 kg
25.7 m/s [E]
4.95 m/s [E] (when coupled)
?
m
v
v v v
p
=
=
= = =
=

2 1
1 1 1
1 1
3
4
( )
(1.13 10 kg)(4.95 m/s 25.7 m/s)
2.34 10 kg m/s [E]
p p p
m v m v
m v v
p
=
=
=
=
=

For the second vehicle:

3
2
2
1 2
1.25 10 kg
13.8 m/s [W]
4.95 m/s [E] (when coupled)
?
m
v
v v v
p
=
=
= = =
=

2 1
2 2 2
2 2
3
4
( )
(1.25 10 kg)(4.95 m/s ( 13.8 m/s))
2.34 10 kg m/s [E]
p p p
m v m v
m v v
p
=
=
=
=
=

(b) These two quantities are equal in magnitude and opposite in direction.
(c) The total change in momentum of the two-automobile system is zero.
9.
L
89 kg m =

Q
L
Q L
Q
0
5.2 m/s
2.7 m/s
?
v
v
v v v
m
=
=
= = =
=

Q Q L L Q Q L L
L L Q L
Q L L L
L L
Q
Q
0
( )
(89 kg)(5.2 m/s 2.7 m/s)
2.7 m/s
82 kg
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v
m
v
m
+ = +
+ = +
=

=
=
=

The mass of the quarterback is 82 kg.
10. Choose original direction of 0.25-kg ball as positive.

1
2
1
2
2
1
0.18 kg
0.25 kg
2.5 m/s
1.7 m/s
0.10 m/s
?
m
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=
=


1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 2
1
1
1
( )
(0.18 kg)( 2.5 m/s) (0.25 kg)(1.7 m/s ( 0.10 m/s))
0.18 kg
0 m/s
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v m v
m v m v v
v
m
v
+ = +
= +
+
=
+
=
=

The velocity of the 0.18-kg ball after the collision is 0 m/s.
11. Set up the carts as shown in the text on a track. Attach a spark timing recorder to each cart to record location for each time
interval. Turn on the timers, and release the carts. Analyze each tape close to the collision to determine the speed of each
cart. Mass each cart and calculate the momentum of each cart after the collision. Check to see if each one adds up to zero
(as it should).
12. (a) Since the car and SUV came to an immediate halt at the location of the crash, the total momentum of the system was
zero, before and after the collision. That would mean that the total momentum before and after would have the same
magnitude.

C C S S S C
C C C S
C C C S
C S
(but 2 )
(2 )
2
2
m v m v m m
m v m v
m v m v
v v
= =
=
=
=

This data indicates the car was travelling at twice the speed of the SUV.
(b) If both drivers had the same speed, there would have been momentum after the collision in the direction of the original
motion of the SUV.

5.3 ELASTIC AND INELASTIC COLLISIONS
Try This Activity: Newtons Cradle
(Page 248)

(a) Each collision is successive. Assuming an elastic collision,

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1
(but 0 and all masses are equal)
0
(Equation 1)
m v m v m v m v v
mv mv mv
v v v
v v v
+ = + =
+ = +
= +
=

and

2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 2
2 2 2
1 1 2
2 2 2
2 1 1
(but 0 and all masses are equal)
0
(Equation 2)
m v m v m v m v v
mv mv mv
v v v
v v v
+ = + =
+ = +
= +
=


2 2 2
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
2
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
( )
2
2 2 0
( ) 0
0 or 0
v v v v
v v v v v v
v v v
v v v
v v v
=
+ =
/ / =
=
= =

1 1 1 1 1
If 0, then (i.e., the speed of the ball after the collision is unchanged). This is not possible, so 0. v v v v v = = =
The final speed of the first ball is zero after the collision.

Substituting back into Equation 1 gives:

2 1 1
1
2 1

0
v v v
v
v v
=
=
=

Each sphere collision will leave the previous one stationary as the next one moves on. Only one sphere can move out from
the end.
(b) Similarly, only one sphere can end up with all of the kinetic energy.
(c) According to the above calculations, each sphere will pass its momentum onto the next. When the last sphere receives
the momentum, and therefore, speed, it will rise to the same vertical height as the original sphere was dropped.
(d) If two spheres are used, then two spheres will move out from the other side. If three spheres are used, then three spheres
will move out from the other side.

PRACTICE
(Page 248)
1. All of the original kinetic energy is transformed to other forms if both objects come to rest after the collision.
2. Yes, we can conclude the collision is completely inelastic. After a hit-and-stick collision, no energy is stored as elastic
potential to be returned to either object at the end of the collision.
3. A head on collision is very dangerous because of the high relative velocity between the vehicles and the large (and rapid)
change in speed for each one. These large accelerations produce large forces that are capable of inflicting serious damage
on a human body.
4. If the ball tends to return to shape quickly when squeezed, it will have a more elastic collision than one that returns to its
original shape more slowly.
5. (a)

(b)

Making Connections
6. (a) The impact force is reduced by the soft interior because it takes the same impulse, and causes the interaction to last
longer. The larger time interval of collision means that a smaller force is applied. A hard interior would have a short
duration of collision, and a higher force.
(b) If a helmet does not fit properly, the force applied to the head is not evenly distributed to the whole head. The smaller
distribution area means the force would be applied to a smaller area, increasing the pressure to that portion of the head.
(c) Once a helmet is involved in a collision, it should be replaced. One way a helmet is designed to reduce injury is to
absorb some of the impact by breaking. This is only able to help the wearer one time. In future collisions, the safety of
the wearer could be compromised.
7. Some possible answers:

Flexible
absorb energy
reduce deceleration of train (and passengers)

Rigid
prevent car from collapsing and injuring passengers located at either end
less likely to have debris flying about the interior (due to crumpling car)

PRACTICE
(Pages 251252)
8. The larger truck would have the larger momentum.

2
K
2 2
2
2
K
K
2
2
( )
2
2
2
mv
E
m v
m
mv
m
p
E
m
p mE
=
=
=
=
=

small small K small large large K large
2 and 2 p m E p m E = =

K small K large
Since , E E =

small small K large large K
2 and 2 p m E p m E = =
The mass of the larger vehicle is larger, and the momentum will be too.
9. (a) All objects have mass. If it also has a velocity, then it will have both momentum and kinetic energy.
(b) For an isolated system of two objects, it is possible to have a momentum of zero. One example would be two carts
released from an internal spring explosion. The total momentum is zero, but both of the individual parts have kinetic
energy. If the system of objects has momentum, then at least one of them is moving, and there will be kinetic energy. It
is not possible to have momentum and zero kinetic energy at the same time.
10.
1
0.15 kg m =

2
1
2
1 2
0.15 kg
22 m/s [N]
22 m/s [S]
? (when coupled)
m
v
v
v v v
=
=
=
= = =

Choose north as positive.

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 2
1 1 2 2
1 2
( )
(0.15 kg)(22 m/s) (0.15 kg)( 22 m/s)
0.15 kg 0.15 m/s
0 m/s
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m m v
m v m v
v
m m
v
+ = +
+ = +
+
=
+
+
=
+
=

The velocity of the two-ball system after the collision is 0 m/s.
11. Conservation of Momentum

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
1 1 2
1 1 2
2 1 1
(but 0 and the masses are equal)
0
(Equation 1)
m v m v m v m v v
mv mv mv
v v v
v v v
+ = + =
+ = +
= +
=

Conservation of Energy

2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 2
2 2 2
1 1 2
2 2 2
2 1 1
(but 0 and the masses are equal)
0
(Equation 2)
m v m v m v m v v
mv mv mv
v v v
v v v
+ = + =
+ = +
= +
=


2 2 2
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
2
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
( )
2
2 2 0
( ) 0
0 or 0
v v v v
v v v v v v
v v v
v v v
v v v
=
+ =
/ / =
=
= =

1 1 1 1 1
If 0, then (i.e., the speed of the proton after the collision is unchanged). This is not possible, so 0. v v v v v = = =
The final speed of the first proton is zero after the collision.

Substituting back into Equation 1 gives:

2 1 1
1
1
2

0
815 m/s
v v v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=

The final velocity of the second proton after the collision is 815 m/s in the direction of the initial velocity.
12. For an inelastic collision, the vehicles stick together.

4
1
3
2
1
2
1 2
1.3 10 kg
1.1 10 kg
90 km/h [N]
30 km/h [N]
? (when coupled)
m
m
v
v
v v v
=
=
=
=
= = =


1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 2
1 1 2 2 1 2
1 1 2 2
1 2
4 3
4 3
when coupled,
( )
(1.3 10 kg)(90 km/h) (1.1 10 kg)(30 km/h)
1.3 10 kg 1.1 10 kg
85 km/h [N]
m v m v m v m v
v v v
m v m v m m v
m v m v
v
m m
v
+ = +
= =
+ = +
+
=
+
+
=
+
=

The velocity of the vehicles is 85 km/h [N] just after the collision.
13.
4
t
1.3 10 kg m =

3
c
t
c
1.1 10 kg
90 km/h [N] 25 m/s [N]
30 km/h [N] 8.333 m/s [N]
m
v
v
=
= =
= =

T K truck K car
2 2
t t c c
4 2 3 2
6
T
1 1
2 2
1 1
(1.3 10 kg)(25 m/s) (1.1 10 kg)(8.333 m/s)
2 2
4.1 10 J
E E E
m v m v
E
= +
= +
= +
=

The final velocity of the vehicles after the collision is 85.319 km/h [N] = 23.7 m/s [N].

T K truck K car
2 2
t t c c
4 2 3 2
6
T
1 1
2 2
1 1
(1.3 10 kg)(23.7 m/s) (1.1 10 kg)(23.7 m/s)
2 2
4.0 10 J
E E E
m v m v
E
= +
= +
= +
=

The decrease in kinetic energy is 4.1 10
6
4.1 10
6
= 1 10
5
J.
14. Choose the original direction of motion as the positive direction.

26
O
26
N
O
2
O
N
N
5.31 10 kg
4.65 10 kg
0
4.81 10 m/s
34.1 m/s
?
m
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=
=

N N O O N N O O
N N N N O O
N N O O
N
N
O O
N
N
26 2
26
2
N
0
(5.31 10 kg)(4.81 10 m/s)
34.1 m/s
4.65 10 kg
5.15 10 m/s
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v
v
m
m v
v
m
v
+ = +
+ = +
+
=
= +

= +
=

The initial speed of the nitrogen molecule was
2
5.15 10 m/s .

15. (a) Line A represents the total momentum because the total momentum in the system is constant.
(b) The collision is an inelastic one. If the collision were elastic, the total kinetic energy before and after would have been
the same.
Making Connections
16. (a) The rubber bullet would have the elastic collision and the lead bullet would have the inelastic collision.
(b)
T R
p p =

T T2 T T1 R R2 R R1
( ) m v m v m v m v =

T1 R2 R1
0, and v v v = =

T T2 R R1 R R1
T T2 R R2 R R1 R1 R2
0 ( )

m v m v m v
m v m v m v v v
=
= + =

T T2 R R2 R R1
T R R
m v m v m v
p p p
= +
= +

T L
T T2 T T1 L L2 L L1 T1
0
p p
m v m v m v m v v
=
= + =

T T2 L L2 L L2
T T2 L L1 L L1
T L L
0 m v m v m v
m v m v m v
p p p
=
=
=

The rubber bullet transfers more momentum to the target.
(c) Rubbers bullets are preferred in crowd control because they are less likely to kill or permanently injure any of the
crowd and they impart a larger backward impulse on the crowd.

(Page 253)
1. (a) It is not possible for both objects to be at rest. If they were both at rest, the initial momentum of the first object would
have violated the law of conservation of t momentum.

(b) It is possible for the first object to be at rest after the collision. One example is a curling stone that strikes another and
then stops moving.
2. The does not violate the law of conservation of momentum for the system which contains the earth and the snowball.
The earth exerts a net external force on the tree/snowball system. This external force negates the conservation of
momentum for that system.
3. There momentums will only be the same if they have the same mass. The relationship between momentum and kinetic
energy is

2
K
2 2
2
2
K
K
2
2
( )
2
2
2
mv
E
m v
m
mv
m
p
E
m
p mE
=
=
=
=
=

When two objects have the same kinetic energy, the object with the larger mass will always have a larger momentum.

4. Conservation of Momentum

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
(but 0)
0
( ) (Equation 1)
m v m v m v m v v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v m v
+ = + =
+ = +
=
=

Conservation of Energy

2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
(but 0)
0
( ) (Equation 2)
m v m v m v m v v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v m v
+ = + =
+ = +
=
=

Divide Equation 2 by Equation 1:

2 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1
2
1 1
2 1 1 1 2 1
( )
( )
( )( )
( )
(Equation 3) or (Equation 4)
m v v m v
m v v m v
v v v v
v
v v
v v v v v v

=

+
=

= + =

Substitute Equations 3 and 4 back into the original conservation of momentum equation:

1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 1 1
1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1
1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
1 1 2 1 2 1
1 2
1 1
1 2
1
0
( )
( ) ( )
0.022 kg 0.027 kg
(3.5 m/s)
0.022 kg 0.027 kg
0.36 m/s [forward], or
m v m v m v
m v m v m v v
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v m v
v m m m m v
m m
v v
m m
v
+ = +
= + +
= + +
+ =
+ =

=

+

=

+

= 0.36 m/s [backward]

The velocity of the 22-g superball after the collision is 0.36 m/s [backward] .

1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2
1 2 2 2 1 1
2 1 2 1 1
1
2 1
1 2
2
0
( )
2
( ) 2
2
2(0.022 kg)
(3.5 m/s)
0.022 kg 0.027 kg
3.1 m/s [forward]
m v m v m v
m v m v v m v
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
v m m m v
m
v v
m m
v
+ = +
= +
= +
+ =
+ =

=

+

=

+

=

The velocity of the 27-g superball after the collision is 3.1 m/s [forward] .

5. Using the equations derived in question 4 ,

1 2
1 1
1 2
2
1 1
2
2 2
2 2
2
2
1
3
3( )
3 3
4 2
1
2
m m
v v
m m
m m
v v
m m
m m m m
m m m m
m m
m m

=

+

=

+

+ =
+ =
=
=

6. 66 kg m =

2
1
9.8 m/s
25 m
?
g
y
v
=
=
=

Use conservation of energy to solve for the speed of the moving skier at the bottom of the hill.

T T
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2(9.8 m/s )(25 m)
22.14 m/s
E E
mg y mv
v g y
v
=
=
=
=
=

2
1
2
1 2
72 kg
22.14 m/s
0
? (when coupled)
m
v
v
v v v
=
=
=
= = =

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
2 1 2
1 1 1 2
1 1
1 2
0, and when coupled,
0 ( )
(66 kg)(22.14 m/s)
66 kg 72 kg
11 m/s
m v m v m v m v
v v v v
m v m m v
m v
v
m m
v
+ = +
= = =
+ = +
=
+
=
+
=

The speed of the two-skier system immediately after the collision is 11 m/s.
7. (a) The collision takes place very quickly. The duration of time that the bullet and block are interacting, the strings are
vertical, and only balance the gravitational forces. During the collision (not during the swing), momentum is conserved.
(b) Let V be the speed of the bullet and block combination after the collision.

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2
(but 0 and when coupled, )
0 ( )
m v m v m v m v v v v V
mv m M V
mv
V
m M
+ = + = = =
+ = +
=
+

(c) The law of conservation of energy can be used to relate the maximum vertical height to the speed just after collision.

(d)
T T
E E =

2
2
2
2
2 2
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2 ( )
mg y mv
gh V
V
h
g
mv
m M
g
m v
h
g m M
=
=
=

+

=
=
+

(e)
2 2
2
2 ( )
m v
h
g m M
=
+

2 2 2
2
2
2
2 ( )
2 ( )
2
2
m v gh m M
gh m M
v
m
m M
gh
m
m M
v gh
m
= +
+
=
+
=

+
=

(f) 87 g 0.0087 kg m = =

2
5.212 kg
9.8 m/s
6.2 cm 0.062 m
?
M
g
h
v
=
=
= =
=

2
2
2
0.0087 kg 5.212 kg
2(9.8 m/s )(0.062 m)
0.0087 kg
6.6 10 m/s
m M
v gh
m
v
+
=

+
=

=

The initial speed of the bullet was
2
6.6 10 m/s .
(g) Some of the sources of error would be friction of the moving parts of the gun and loss of energy to thermal energy in
the spring. The frictional draw of the catch mechanism would use some of the energy that should be converted into
gravitational potential.
8. There are a number of advantages of a crumple zone. One is that it converts a significant part of the kinetic energy of the
vehicle into thermal energy as the steel become permanently deformed. The crumple zone also causes the vehicle to slow
down over a greater distance. This greater distance increases the length of time the vehicle is slowing down, and the
average force to stop the vehicle (and its passengers) decreases.
9. Most meteorites burn up in the atmosphere. Larges known one is about 60 metric tons, and the next known one is about
30 metric tons. Large collisions have rarely (ever 300 million years or so) and can cause devastating climactic change.

5.4 CONSERVATION OF MOMENTUM IN TWO DIMENSIONS
PRACTICE
(Pages 257258)
1.

2. (a)
s
52 kg m =

c
s
c
s
c
26 kg
1.2 m/s [W]
1.2 m/s [S]
?
?
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=

Calculate the momenta:

s s s
s
(52 kg)(1.2 m/s)
62.4 kg m/s [S]
p m v
p
=
=
=

c c c
c
(26 kg)(1.2 m/s)
31.2 kg m/s [S]
p m v
p
=
=
=

s c
93.6 kg m/s [S] p p + =

s s s
s
(52 kg)(1.0 m/s)
52 kg m/s [W]
p m v
p
=
=
=

Measure length and angle to get:

2
c
1.1 10 kg m/s [61 S of E] p =

c c c
c
c
c
2
c
1.1 10 kg m/s
26 kg
4.1 m/s [61 S of E]
p m v
p
v
m
v
=
=

=
=

The approximate final velocity of the cart is 4.1 m/s [61 S of E] .
(b) Using the diagram from part (a), the total momentum after is

2 2
c s s c
2 2
2
c
(52 kg m/s) (93.6 kg m/s)
1.1 10 kg m/s
p p p p
p
= + +
= +
=

s c
s
s c 1
s
1
tan
tan
93.6
tan
52
61
p p
p
p p
p
+
=
+
=

=

=

So,
2
c
1.1 10 kg m/s [61 S of E]. p =

3. Diagram is not to scale. Dotted line represents the direction after.
A completely inelastic collision means they will stick together.

3
1
3
2
1
2
12
1.4 10 kg
1.3 10 kg
45 km/h [S] 12.5 m/s [S]
39 km/h [E] 10.83 m/s [E]
?
m
m
v
v
v
=
=
= =
= =
=


1 1 1
3
4
1
(1.4 10 kg)(12.5 m/s)
1.75 10 kg m/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

2 2 2
3
4
1
(1.3 10 kg)(10.83 m/s)
1.408 10 kg m/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

2 2
12 1 2
4 2 4 2
4
12
(1.75 10 kg m/s) (1.408 10 kg m/s)
2.246 10 kg m/s
p p p
p
= +
= +
=

12 12 12
12
12
12
4
3 3
12
2.246 10 kg m/s
1.3 10 kg 1.4 10 kg
8.3 m/s
p m v
p
v
m
v
=
=

=
+
=

1
2
1 1
2
4
1
4
tan
tan
1.75 10 kg m/s
tan
1.408 10 kg m/s
51
p
p
p
p
=

=

=

=

The final speed of the cars is 8.3 m/s [51 S of E], or 3.0 10
1
km/h [51 S of E].

4. (a) Diagram not to scale.

(b)

B A
B A
B A
B A
B A
0
0
sin 48.9 sin31.1
sin31.1
sin 48.9
y y
y y
y y
mv mv
v v
v v
v v
v v
=
=
=
=

A1 A B
A1 A B
A B
A A
A
A
2.25 cos31.1 cos 48.9
sin31.1
2.25 cos31.1 cos 48.9
sin 48.9
2.25 1.307
1.72 m/s
x x
x x
mv mv mv
v v v
v v
v v
v
v
= +
= +
= +

= +

=
=

B A
B
sin31.1
sin 48.9
sin31.1
(1.72 m/s)
sin 48.9
1.18 m/s
v v
v
=

The velocities of the balls are 1.18 m/s at 48.9 and 1.72 m/s at 31.1.

(c)

(d)
2 2 1 1
KT A B
2 2
E mv mv = +

2 1
KT A1
2
2 1
2
1
KT
2
(2.25)
(5.06)
E mv
m
E m
=
=
=

2 2 1
A B
2
2 2 1
2
1
KT
2
( )
(1.72 1.18 )
(4.35)
m v v
m
E m
= +
= +
=

The total kinetic energy after is less than the total kinetic energy before, so the collision is not elastic.
5. (a) The residual nucleus will move in the opposite direction of the combined momentums of the two particles so the total
momentum is still zero. (Note: Diagram is not to scale.)

21
n
21
e
4.8 10 kg m/s [S]
9.0 10 kg m/s [E]
?
p
p
=
=
=

n
e
1 n
e
21
1
21
tan
tan
4.8 10 kg m/s
tan
9.0 10 kg m/s
28
p
p
p
p
=

=

=

=

The nucleus will move in the direction 28 N of W.
(b)
nucleus
? p =

2 2
nucleus n e
21 2 21 2
20
nucleus
(4.8 10 kg m/s) (9.0 10 kg m/s)
1.0 10 kg m/s
p p p
p

= +
= +
=

The magnitude of the nucleuss momentum is
20
1.0 10 kg m/s
.

(c)
25
nucleus
3.6 10 kg m

=

nucleus
? v =

nucleus nucleus nucleus
nucleus
nucleus
nucleus
20
25
4
nucleus
4
nucleus
1.0 10 kg m/s
3.6 10 kg
2.8 10 m/s
2.8 10 m/s [28 N of W]
p m v
p
v
m
v
v
=
=

=
=
=

The recoil velocity of the nucleus is
4
2.8 10 m/s [28 N of W] .
6. (a) The black car was travelling faster at the moment of impact. There was a larger component of momentum in the
original direction of the motion of the black car because there is less deviation in its path than the path of the white car.
(b) The investigator could determine more precise information by measuring the angle of deviation for the cars and the
total distance that the combined cars slid.
Making Connections
7. Answers will vary depending on the type of equipment chosen. Most likely there will be some padding included in it that
will reduce the force required by increasing the time of collision.

(Pages 258239)
1.

2.
26
Li
1.2 10 kg m

=

Li
n
Li
n
0.40 km/s [54 to original direction of motion of neutron]
2.5 km/s
?
?
?
v
v
p
p
=
=
=
=
=

Diagram is not to scale.

Li Li Li
26
27
Li
(1.2 10 kg)(0.40 km/s)
4.8 10 kg km/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

n n n
27
27
n
(1.7 10 kg)(2.5 km/s)
4.25 10 kg km/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

In the y-direction:

Li n
Li n
Li
1 Li
n
27
1
27
0
0 sin54 sin
sin54
sin
sin54
sin
(4.8 10 kg km/s)(sin 54 )
sin
4.25 10 kg km/s
66 [from original direction of motion of the neutron]
y y
y y
n
p p
p p
p p
p
p
p
p
=
=
=

=

=

=

The neutron is now travelling at 66 from its original direction of motion.
3. Diagram is not to scale.

1
1
2
2
71 kg
2.3 m/s [12 N of E]
1.9 kg m/s [52 S of W]
?
m
v
v
m
=
=
=
=

1 1 1
1
(71 kg)(2.3 m/s)
163.3 kg m/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

2 2 2
2
2 2
(1.9 kg m/s)
1.9 kg m/s
p m v
m
p m
=
=
=

Using the sine law:

2
2
2
sin101 sin 39
163.3 1.9
sin39 163.3 kg m/s
1.9 kg m/s sin101
55 kg
m
m
m

=

=

=

The mass of the second skater is 55 kg.
4. Diagram not to scale.

1 1 1
1
(0.50 kg)(2.0 m/s)
1.0 kg m/s
x x
x
p m v
p
=
=
=

1 1 1
1
(0.50 kg)(1.5 m/s)
0.75 kg m/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

2 2 2
2
2 2
(0.30 kg)
0.30 kg m/s
p m v
v
p v
=
=
=

1 1 2
1 1 2
2
2
cos30 cos
1.0 (0.75) cos30 (0.30 ) cos
cos 1.168 (Equation 1)
x x x
x
p p p
p p p
v
v
= +
= +
= +
=

1 2
1 2
2
2
0
0 sin 30 sin
0 (0.75) sin 30 (0.30 ) sin
sin 1.25 (Equation 2)
y y
p p
p p
v
v
=
=
=
=


2
2
1
sin 1.25
cos 1.168
tan 1.070
tan (1.070)
47
v
v

=
=
=

Substitute back into Equation 2:

2
2
2
sin 1.25
1.25
sin
1.25
sin 47
1.7 m/s
v
v
v
=
=
=
=

The velocity of the second ball after collision is 1.7 m/s [47 S of E].
5. (a) Referring to the diagram:
Ignore points A3 and B3 for calculations because they are during the collision.
Measure between points A1 and A2, A4 and A5, and divide by 0.50 s to calculate velocities.
Repeat for Puck B (using two values for the after calculation because you have them).
Measure angles before and after for velocities.

A
2.00
4.0 cm/s [45 N of E]
0.50
v = =

A
1.80
3.6 cm/s [N]
0.50
v = =

B
1.9
3.8 cm/s [38 W of N]
0.50
v = =

B
1.3 1.4
2.7 cm/s [43 E of N]
0.50 0.50
v
+
= =
+

Let the x direction be the east-west direction.

A A B B A A B B
A
A A B B B B
B B B B A A
B B B A A
A A
B
B B
B
0
0
( )
(0.32 kg)(4.0cos 45 )
2.7sin 43 3.8sin 38
0.2165 kg
0.22 kg
x x
x x x x
x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x
x x
p p
m v m v m v m v
v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v m v
m v
m
v v
m
=
= +
=
= +
+ =
+ =
=
+
=
+
=
=

(b)
A
0.32 kg m =

B
A
B
K lost
0.2165 kg
0.040 m/s
0.038 m/s
?
m
v
v
E
=
=
=
=

2 2
T A A B B
2 2
4
T
1 1
2 2
1 1
(0.32 kg)(0.040 m/s) (0.2165 kg)(0.038 m/s)
2 2
4.123 10 J
E m v m v
E

= +
= +
=

2 2
T A A B B
2 2
4
T
1 1
2 2
1 1
(0.32 kg)(0.036 m/s) (0.2165 kg)(0.027 m/s)
2 2
2.863 10 J
E m v m v
E

= +
= +
=

4 4
K lost
4
K lost
4.123 10 J 2.863 10 J
1.3 10 J
E
E

=
=

The total kinetic energy lost is
4
1.3 10 J
.
(c) This is an inelastic collision.
(d) The most likely source of error is measuring the angles from the diagram.
Making Connections
6. (a) Some possible points:
The perception of a safe vehicle is a common advertising feature of most vehicles.
The idea of protecting loved ones and yourself in a collision is socially desirable.
Insurance companies offer better rates for vehicles with high safety performance in collisions.
(b) Some points are:
seat belts
roll bars (roll safety)
bumpers
crumple zones
air bag
anti-lock braking systems
traction control (4WD, AWD, tires)

(c) Any of the ones listed in (b).
(d) Could compare safety ratings and insurance prices, cost of vehicle (often safer vehicles or options are more expensive),
and fuel economy.

Investigation 5.2.1: Analyzing One-Dimensional Collisions
(Pages 260262)
Question
Observing two objects before, during, and after a collision allows the verification of conservation of momentum and kinetic
energy theory.
Prediction
(a) For all three categories, the total momentum of the system will always be the same.
(b) Category I: The total kinetic energy before and after will be the same. During the collision there will be some loss of
kinetic energy as it is stored as some other form in the repulsive device.
Category II: The total kinetic energy before the collision will be zero. It will be a maximum at the end of the explosion,
increasing as the explosion takes place.
Category III: The total kinetic energy will be a maximum before, decreasing throughout the collision and a minimum at
the end.
Hypothesis
(c) The velocity of both carts before and after the collision (an adhesive collision would be the easiest) can be determined
using the ticker-tape timer. Using the known mass of the carts, the conservation of momentum can be used to calculate the
unknown mass.

Before the Collision After the Collision
Total p
(kg m/s)
Total E
K

(J)
Collision
m
1
(kg)

v
1

(m/s)
m
2
(kg)

v
2

(m/s)
m
1
(kg)

v
1

(m/s)
m
2
(kg)

v
2

(m/s)
before after before after
Loss
in E
K

(%)
I (a) 0.50 0.19 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.17 0.095 0.085 0.0090 0.0072 20
I (b) 1.0 0.18 0.50 0.0 1.0 0.060 0.50 0.22 0.18 0.17 0.016 0.014 12
I (c) 0.50 0.15 0.50 0.13 0.50 0.12 0.50 0.14 0.010 0.010 0.0098 0.0085 13
II (a) 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.22 0.50 0.21 0.0 0.0050 0.0 0.023
II (b) 1.0 0.0 0.50 0.0 1.0 0.091 0.50 0.27 0.0 0.044 0.0 0.022
II (c) 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.10 0.50 0.12 0.0 0.010 0.0 0.0061
III (a) 0.50 0.24 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.11 0.50 0.11 0.12 0.11 0.014 0.0060 57
III (b) 1.0 0.20 0.50 0.0 1.0 0.12 0.50 0.12 0.20 0.18 0.020 0.011 45
III (c) 0.50 0.18 0.50 0.17 0.50 0.0 0.50 0.0 0.0050 0.0 0.015 0.0 100
IV 0.50 0.22 m2 0.0 0.50 0.088 m2 0.088
Analysis
(d) For each collision, the total momentum before and after was essentially the same.
(e) For Category I collisions, there was very little loss of kinetic energy during the collisions. Category II collisions did not
start with any, but received the kinetic energy from the spring bumper. Category III collisions lost a significant amount of
kinetic energy during the collisions.
(f) Category I collisions were all elastic (within experimental error). Category III collisions were all completely inelastic.
(g) During Category I collisions, there was a temporary loss of kinetic energy that reappeared after the collision.

(h)
1 1 1 1 2 2
0 m v m v m v + = +

1 1 1 1
2
2
2
(0.50 kg)(0.22 m/s) (0.50 kg)(0.088 m/s)
0.088 m/s
0.75 kg
m v m v
m
v
m

=
=
=

2 cart unknown mass
But , therefore m m m = +

unknown mass 2 cart
unknown mass
0.75 kg 0.50 kg
0.25 kg
m m m
m
=
=
=

Evaluation
(i) The predictions and hypothesis were correct to within experimental errors.
(j) Sources of error during the experiment include:
There was friction between the cart and the track.
There was friction between the tape and the timing recorder.
It is difficult to measure the exact distance between the ticker tape timer dots because the distance is so small.
Synthesis
(k) It is important to distinguish between scalar and vector quantities because a system momentum of zero may still involve
dangerous speeds or motions.
(l) Using electronic values, the refuse bag could be tossed to a stationary astronaut. After catching the bag, the velocities and
known mass of the astronaut could be used to calculate the mass of the refuse bag.
(m) The friction pads would provide a source of external force to the system. This would increase the loss of kinetic energy
before and after the collision and change the total momentum before and after as well.

Investigation 5.3.1: Analyzing Two-Dimensional Collisions
(Pages 262265)
Question
The laws of conservation of momentum and kinetic energy can be verified through two-dimensional collisions.
Prediction
(a) The kinetic energy and the total momentum will be the same before and after the collisions.
(b) The change in momentum for each puck will be the same as the change in momentum of the other puck.
Hypothesis
(c) I expect that the two pucks will stick together and move along a straight path that will bisect the initial angle of collision.
(d) The change in momentum of puck A will be equal to the change in momentum of puck B. The velocities can me
measured, to the mass can be calculated.
(e) Category I and Category II

A B A B
A B A B
A B A B
p p p p
mv mv mv mv
v v v v
+ = +
+ = +
+ = +

Category III

A B A B
A B A B
A B
A B
A B
(call this )
2
p p p p
mv mv mv mv
v v v
v v v v
v v v
+ = +
+ = +
=
+ = +
+ =

Category IV

A B A B
A A B B A A B B
B B B B A A A A
B B B A A A
A A A
B
B B
( ) ( )
( )
( )
p p p p
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v m v
m v v m v v
m v v
m
v v
+ = +
+ = +
=
=

=

(f) Mark off the four markers to get a known distance over a known time (the distance between each pair of dots should be
approximately the same). Measure the angles. The sum of the two velocity vectors before should be equal to the sum of
the velocity vectors after for Category I.
(g) For category II, the change in each vector should be the same magnitude and opposite direction.
(h) Category III should have the two velocity vectors before be equal to the twice the combined after velocity.
(i) For Category IV, subtract the two velocity vectors for each puck and substitute the values into the above equation.
(j) Measure each length of velocity vectors before and after. Substitute with the mass into the kinetic energy equation and
compare the total values before and after. Any lost energy went into thermal energy.
Evaluation
(l) Some possible sources of error:
The table surface may not be flat.
There may be some frictional or air current forces acting on the pucks.
The air supply line to the pucks may exert some lateral forces on the pucks.
Masses of the pucks may not be identical.
Frequency of the spark timer may not be perfectly uniform.
Synthesis
(m) This would apply to all of the categories because all of them have the total momentum conserved.
(n) The momentum would only be conserved if you considered both pucks.
(o) It is wish to avoid dots during the impulse and collision because there is a changing speed during these interactions. The
analysis of this experiment is not designed to include a puck that is accelerating.
(p) It is better to have steel barriers because they will absorb some energy and prevent the cars from bouncing off as much as
a rubber barrier would.

CHAPTER 5 SELF QUIZ
(Pages 267268)
True/False
1. F The impulse is the same in magnitude and is in the same direction.
2. T
3. F You have increased the amount of time the same force is applied.
4. F The total momentum before and after is the same.
5. T
6. T
7. F The kinetic energies will be different.
8. F The momentum is conserved in the snowball-earth system, even though the collision is completely inelastic.
9. T
10. F The final kinetic energy can be greater (e.g., an exploding cart system).

Multiple Choice
11. (e)
12. (d) Momentum will increase by 2 2, and kinetic enegy by 2 2
2
.
13. (d)
14. (d)
15. (e)
16. (d) Some energy is lost to thermal energy of the collision.
17. (b) The momentum is
K K
2 so p mE p E = .
18. (c) M only stops, while T must continue to act on R to give it momentum in the opposite direction.
19. (a) They have both stopped, so the total momentum is zero, but the initial kinetic energy is stored as electric potential.
20. (d)
21. (a)
1
(2 ) ( ) ( 2 )
2
mv m v m m v

+ = +

3
0
mv mv
v
m
v
=
=

22.(d) 0 ( ) mv M m V =

mv
V
M m
=

CHAPTER 5 REVIEW
(Pages 269271)
1. Impulse is the product of the force and the time. A smaller force exerted over a long period of time can impart a larger
impulse than a large force for a short time.
2. As the meteor comes to a stop, the kinetic energy is converted into thermal energy which melts the material at the impact
site.
3. This observation does not contradict the law of conservation of momentum. The momentum of the earth increases toward
the falling object. The amount of change in the earths velocity is so small it is imperceptible, so it appears the law of
conservation is being contradicted, but it is not.
4. The change in momentum of the ball that bounces is greater than the putty that sticks to the floor. Assuming both have the
same mass and are dropped from the same height:

For the putty, For the ball

2 1
1
1
( )
(0 )
p m v v
m v
p mv
=
=
=

2 1
1 1
1
( )
(( ) )
2
p m v v
m v v
p mv
=
=
=

5.
2
K
2
mv
E =

2 2
2
K
2
2
m v
m
p
E
m
=
=

The momentum of the two players is the same, but the person with the larger mass will have a smaller kinetic energy. It
would be better to avoid the faster moving lighter player, p
2
= m
2
v
2
.
6. A car crashing into a tree is an example. Momentum is not conserved in the tree-car system because the tree is attached to
the earth. The earth supplies a net external force to the system of objects so that momentum is not conserved.


2
N
E
1.3 10 kg
8.7 m/s [44 E of N]
?
?
m
v
p
p
=
=
=
=

2
(1.3 10 kg)(8.7 m/s)
1131 kg m/s [44 E of N]
p mv
p
=
=
=

N
2
N
cos 44
(1131 kg m/s)(cos 44 )
8.1 10 kg m/s
p p
p
=
=
=

E
2
E
sin 44
(1131 kg m/s)(sin 44 )
7.9 10 kg m/s
p p
p
=
=
=

The northward component of the boats momentum is
2
8.1 10 kg m/s . The eastward component is
2
7.9 10 kg m/s .

4
E
3
2.6 10 kg m/s
1.1 10 kg
22
?
p
m
v
=
=
=
=

E
E
4
3
cos 22
cos 22
2.6 10 kg m/s
(1.1 10 kg)(cos 22 )
25 m/s
p mv
p
v
m
v
=
=

=

=

The car is travelling at a speed of 25 m/s.
9. Choose west as positive.

3
1
2
2
1.2 10 kg
53 km/h [W] 14.72 m/s [W]
0
55 ms 5.5 10 s
?
x
m
v
v
t
F
=
= =
=
= =
=

2 1
3
2
5
5
( )
(1.2 10 kg)(0 m/s 14.72 m/s)
5.5 10 s
3.2 10 N [W]
3.2 10 N [E]
x
x
x
F t p
m v v
F
t
F
=
=

The average force exerted on the car by the pole is
5
3.2 10 N [E] .
10. (a) 324 N
x
F =

3
5.1 ms 5.1 10 s
?
x
t
F t
= =
=

3
(324 N)(5.1 10 s)
1.7 N s [fwd]
x
x
F t
F t
=
=

The impulse on the ball is 1.7 Ns [fwd].
(b) 0.059 kg m =

1
2
0
?
v
v
=
=

2 1
2
2
3
2
( )
(324 N)(5.1 10 s)
0.059 kg
28 m/s [fwd]
x
x
x
x
F t p
F t m v v
F t mv
F t
v
m
v
=
=
=

=
=
=

The velocity of the ball just as it leaves the racket is 28 m/s [fwd].
11.
1
0.112 kg m =

2
1
2
0.154 kg
1.38 m/s
?
m
v
v
=
=
=


1 1 2 2
1 1
2
2
2
0
(0.112 kg)(1.38 m/s)
0.154 kg
1.00 m/s
p p
m v m v
m v
v
m
v
=
= +
=
=
=

The speed of the second car is 1.00 m/s.
12.
27
P
1.67 10 kg m

=

27
6.64 10 kg
1.57 km/s
0
0.893 km/s
?
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=

P P P P
P P P P
P P P P
P P P
27
27
0
( )
(1.67 10 kg)(1.57 km/s ( 0.893 km/s))
6.64 10 kg
0.620 km/s
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v
v
m
m v v
m
v
+ = +
+ = +

=

=

=
=

The speed of the alpha particle is 0.620 km/s.
13.
1
2.67 kg m =

2
2
1
1
2
2
5.83 kg
1.70 10 m/s [toward Jupiter]
185 m/s [toward Jupiter]
183 m/s [toward Jupiter]
?
m
v
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=

Choose the direction toward Jupiter as positive.

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
2
2
1 1 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
( )
( )
(2.67 kg)(185 m/s 1.70 10 m/s)
183 m/s
5.83 kg
1.90 10 m/s
1.90 10 m/s [toward Jupiter]
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v m v
m v v m v
v
m
m v v
v
m
v
v
+ = +
= +
+
=

= +

= +
=
=

The velocity of the more massive rock is
2
1.90 10 m/s [toward Jupiter] .

14. (a)
1i
6.0 m/s v =

2i
1f 2f
0
2.0 m/s
v
v v
=
= =

The two objects have the same final velocity. Having the same final velocity is an indication of a hit-and-stick
collision. All collisions that have the objects with the same speed (in the same direction) after are completely inelastic
collisions.
(b)
1i
24 m/s v =

2i
1f
2f
0
4.0 m/s
14 m/s
v
v
v
=
=
=

2 2
Ki 1 1i 2 2i
2 2
Ki
1 1
2 2
1 1
(2.0 kg)(24 m/s) (4.0 kg)(0 m/s)
2 2
576 J
E m v m v
E
= +
= +
=

2 2
Kf 1 1f 2 2f
2 2
Kf
1 1
2 2
1 1
(2.0 kg)( 4.0 m/s) (4.0 kg)(14 m/s)
2 2
408 J
E m v m v
E
= +
= +
=

There is some loss of kinetic energy. This is an inelastic collision.
(c)
1i
12 m/s v =

2i
1f
2f
0
4.0 m/s
8.0 m/s
v
v
v
=
=
=

2 2
Ki 1 1i 2 2i
2 2
Ki
1 1
2 2
1 1
(2.0 kg)(12 m/s) (4.0 kg)(0 m/s)
2 2
144 J
E m v m v
E
= +
= +
=

2 2
Kf 1 1f 2 2f
2 2
Kf
1 1
2 2
1 1
(2.0 kg)( 4.0 m/s) (4.0 kg)(8.0 m/s)
2 2
144 J
E m v m v
E
= +
= +
=

There is no loss of kinetic energy, so this collision is elastic.
15. Choose north as positive.

Conservation of Energy Conservation of Momentum

2 2 2 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 2
2 2
1 2
0.253(1.80) 0.253 0.232
3.24 0.917 (Equation 1)
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
v v
v v
= +
= +
= +
= +

1 1 1 1 2 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(0.253)(1.80) 0.253 0.232
1.80 0.917
1.80 0.917 (Equation 2)
m v m v m v
v v
v v
v v
= +
= +
= +
=


2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2 2
2
2 2
2 2
2 2
3.24 (1.80 0.917 ) 0.917
3.24 (3.24 3.30 0.841 ) 0.917
0 3.30 1.758
0 ( 3.30 1.758 )
0 or 3 30 1 758 0
v v
v v v
v v
v v
v . . v
= +
= + +
= +
= +
= + =

2
Since 0 is not valid (no change in speed), then v =

2
2
1.758 3.30
1.88 m/s [N]
v
v
=
=


1
1
1.80 0.917(1.88)
0.08 m/s [N]
v
v
=
=

The velocity of the first cart is 0.08 m/s [N]. The velocity of the second cart is 1.88 m/s [N].
16. (a) Diagram not to scale.

(b)

B A
B A
B A
B A
B A
0
0
sin 46 sin33
sin33
sin 46
y y
y y
y y
mv mv
v v
v v
v v
v v
=
=
=
=

A1 A B
A1 A B
A B
A A
A
A
5.4 cos33 cos 46
sin33
5.4 cos33 cos 46
sin 46
5.4 1.365
3.957 m/s, or 4.0 m/s
x x
x x
mv mv mv
v v v
v v
v v
v
v
= +
= +
= +

= +

=
=

B
Substitute back into equation for : v

B A
B
sin33
sin 46
sin33
(3.957 m/s)
sin 46
3.0 m/s
v v
v
=

The speed of the first puck is 4.0 m/s after the collision. The speed of the second puck is 3.0 m/s after the collision.

17.
A
67.8 =

B
B
A
B
A
30.0
3.30
?
v
v
m
m
=
=
=

A B
A A B B
B B A A
B A
A B
B
A
B
A
0
0 sin 67.8 sin 30.0
sin30.0 sin 67.8
sin 67.8
sin30.0
sin 67.8
(sin 30.0 )
sin 67.8
(3.30)(sin30.0 )
0.561
y y
p p
m v m v
m v m v
m v
m v
v
v
m
m
=
=
=
=

The ratio of the masses of the particles is 0.561.
18. Diagrams not to scale.

Conserve momentum in the y direction.

1 2 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 2
1 2
2
0
sin 69.2 sin 62.8
(2.37 m/s)(sin 69.2 ) (2.49 m/s)(sin 62.8 )
0.00 m/s
y y y y
y y y
y y y
y
p p p p
mv mv mv
v v v
v v
v
+ = +
+ = +
= +
= +
= +
=

Conserve momentum in the x direction.

1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
2 1 2 1
1 2 1
2
cos 69.2 cos 62.8
(2.37 m/s)(cos 69.2 ) (2.49 m/s)(cos 62.8 ) 2.70 m/s
3.00 m/s [E]
3.00 m/s [W]
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x
p p p p
mv mv mv mv
v v v v
v v v v
v v v
v
+ =
+ =
+ =
=
=
=
=
=

There is no y component for velocity, so the unknown initial velocity is 3.00 m/s [W]
19. (a)
2
9.8 m/s g =

0.26 m
?
y
v
=
=

Use conservation of mechanical energy for the swing.

2
2
1
2
2
2(9.8 m/s )(0.26 m)
2.2574 m/s
2.3 m/s
mg y mv
v g y
v
=
=
=
=
=

The speed of the ball just before the collision is 2.3 m/s.

(b) Conservation of Energy Conservation of Momentum

2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 2
2 2
1 2
1 1 1
2 2 2
0.25(2.2574) 0.25 0.21
5.096 0.84 (Equation 1)
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
v v
v v
= +
= +
= +
= +

1 1 1 1 2 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(0.25)(2.2574) 0.25 0.21
2.2574 0.84
2.2574 0.84 (Equation 2)
m v m v m v
v v
v v
v v
= +
= +
= +
=


2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2 2
2
2 2
2 2
2 2
5.096 (2.2574 0.84 ) 0.84
5.096 (5.096 3.792 0.7056 ) 0.84
0 3.792 1.5456
0 ( 3.792 1.5456 )
0 or 3.792 1 5456 0
v v
v v v
v v
v v
v . v
= +
= + +
= +
= +
= + =


2
Since 0 is not valid (no change in speed), then: v =

2
2
1.5456 3.792
2.5 m/s [fwd]
v
v
=
=

The speed of the 0.21-kg ball just after the collision is 2.5 m/s [fwd].
20. (a)
1
0.45 kg m =

2
1
12
0.79 kg
2.2 m/s
?
m
v
v
=
=
=

1 1 1 2 12
1 1
12
1 2
12
( )
(0.45 kg)(2.2 m/s)
0.45 kg 0.79 kg
0.80 m/s
m v m m v
m v
v
m m
v
= +
=
+
=
+
=

The speed of the ball and the box just after the collision is 0.80 m/s.
(b) 0.051 m d =

i
f
0.80 m/s
0
?
v
v
F
=
=
=

i f
i f
2
2
2
(0.051 m)
0.80 m/s 0 m/s
0.1275 s
v v
d t
t d
v v
t
+
=

=

+

=

+

=

2 1
( )
(0.79 kg 0.45 kg)(0 m/s 0.80 m/s)
0.1275 s
7.8 N
F t p
m v v
F
t
F
=
+
=
=

The magnitude of the friction force acting on the ball and the box is 7.8 N.
21.
4
1
1.9 10 kg m =

4
2
3
1
3
2
1.7 10 kg
3.5 10 km/h
3.4 10 km/h
m
v
v
=
=
=

= 180.0 5.1 5.9 = 169.0
? v =

Using the sine law:

2 2 1 2
2 2
1 2
4 3
4 4
3
sin5.1 sin
( )
sin
( ) sin5.1
(1.7 10 kg)(3.4 10 km/h) sin169.0
(1.9 10 kg 1.7 10 kg) sin5.1
3.4 10 km/h
m v m m v
m v
v
m m
v
=
+
=
+

=
+
=

The original speed of the spacecrafts was
3
3.4 10 km/h .
22. The total momentum before is zero, so the total momentum after must also be zero.
Diagram not to scale.

1
2
3
1
2
3
2.0 kg
3.0 kg
4.0 kg
1.5 m/s [N]
2.5 m/s [E]
?
m
m
m
v
v
v
=
=
=
=
=
=

2 2 2
3 1 2
2 2 2
3 3 1 1 2 2
2 2 2 2
3 3 1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
3
2
3
2 2
2
3
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(2.0 kg(1.5 m/s)) (3.0 kg(2.5 m/s))
(4.0 kg)
2.0 m/s
p p p
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v
v
m
v
= +
= +
= +
+
=
+
=
=

1 1
2 2
1
tan
(2.0 kg)(1.5 m/s)
tan
(3.0 kg)(2.5 m/s)
22
m v
m v
=

=

=

The final velocity of the third piece is 2.0 m/s [22 S of W].

23.

24.

25. (a) The coefficient of restitution is a measure of how quickly an object returns to its shape after it has been compressed.
The apparatus shown could help determine the coefficient of restitution because the speed the sphere returns to its
original shape corresponds to the height the ball bounces to.
26. (a) The bed sheet spreads the force applied over a greater distance (and therefore time) than if the egg was to strike the
ground directly. The same impulse is imparted to the egg (i.e. it is brought to rest), so the force required is much
smaller.
(b) This can be used to cushion the landing of a person who was falling from a high position by reducing the average force
needed to stop them. You could test several heights with a sack of potatoes and plot the results on a graph. For a
human, you could extrapolate from the graph.
Making Connections
27. It is better for safety to have telephone poles that collapse upon impact. In this way, they absorb some energy and increase
the time of collision. Both of these reduce the force imparted to the vehicle and occupants in a collision.
28. High speed photography and spark timers both show the location of an object at fixed time intervals. High speed
photography gives more thorough information because you can see the state of the objects during each stage of the
collision.
29. Many arrester cables are connected to a water squeezer that dampens the motion and converts the kinetic energy of the
aircraft to kinetic energy of ejected water.
30. The main purpose of the ablation shield is to protect the shuttle during re-entry into the earths atmosphere.

Extension
31. (a) Conservation of Momentum Conservation of Energy

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
(but 0)
0
( ) (Equation 1)
m v m v m v m v v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v m v
+ = + =
+ = +
=
=
and
2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1
(but 0)
2 2 2 2
0
( ) (Equation 2)
m v m v m v m v v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v m v
+ = + =
+ = +
=
=


2 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1
2
1 1
2 1 1 1 2 1
( )
( )
( )( )
( )
(Equation 3) or (Equation 4)
m v v m v
m v v m v
v v v v
v
v v
v v v v v v

=

+
=

= + =

Substitute Equations 3 and Equation 4 back into the original conservation of momentum equation:

1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 1 1
1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1
1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
1 1 2 1 2 1
1 2
1 1
1 2
0
( )
( ) ( )
m v m v m v
m v m v m v v
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v m v
v m m m m v
m m
v v
m m
+ = +
= + +
= + +
+ =
+ =

=

+

1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2
1 2 2 2 1 1
2 1 2 1 1
1
2 1
1 2
0
( )
2
( ) 2
2
m v m v m v
m v m v v m v
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
v m m m v
m
v v
m m
+ = +
= +
= +
+ =
+ =

=

+

(b)
1 2
1 1
1 2
m m
v v
m m

=

+

1
2 1
1 2
2m
v v
m m

=

+

1
1
0
m m
v
m m
v

=

+

=

1
2 1
2m
v
m m
v v

=

+

=

(c)
1 2
1 1
1 2
m m
v v
m m

=

+

1
2 1
1 2
2m
v v
m m

=

+

1
1
1
1 1
0
0
m
v
m
v v

=

+

=

1
1
1
2 1
2
0
2
m
v
m
v v

=

+

=

(d)
1 2
1 1
1 2
m m
v v
m m

=

+

1
2 1
1 2
2m
v v
m m

=

+

2
1
2
1 1
0
0
m
v
m
v v

=

+

=

1
1
2
1
2 1
2
2
0
2
m
v
m
m
v v
m

=

+

=

32.
3
P
1.0 10 kg m =

3
B
P
B
2.0 10 kg
50 m/s
0
?
m
v
v
d
=
=
=
=

For the collision:

P P B B P B PB
P P B B
PB
P B
3 3
3 3
PB
( )
(1.0 10 kg)(50 m/s) (2.0 10 kg)(0)
1.0 10 kg 2.0 10 kg
16.67 m/s
m v m v m m v
m v m v
v
m m
v
+ = +
+
=
+
+
=
+
=

Calculate the frictional force on the plane and on the barge:

For the plane For the barge

K
3 2
K
1
4
1
(1.0 10 kg)(9.8 m/s )
4
2450 N [backward]
F mg
F
=
=
=
By Newtons third law, F
K
= 2450 N [forward]

Acceleration of the plane Acceleration of the barge

3
2
2450 N
1.0 10 kg
2.45 m/s
F ma
F
a
m
a
=
=

3
2
2450 N
2.0 10 kg
1.225 m/s
F ma
F
a
m
a
=
=
=
=

Distance plane will travel during collision Distance barge will travel during collision

2 2
f i
2 2
f i
2 2
2
2
2
(16.67 m/s) (50 m/s)
2( 2.45 m/s )
453.5 m
v v a d
v v
d
a
d
= +
=

2 2
f i
2 2
f i
2 2
2
2
2
(16.67 m/s) (0 m/s)
2(1.225 m/s )
113.4 m
v v a d
v v
d
a
d
= +
=
=

The required length of the barge is 453.5 113.4 = 3.4 10
2
m.

Copyright 2003 Nelson Chapter 6 Gravitation and Celestial Mechanics 349
CHAPTER 6 GRAVITATION AND CELESTIAL MECHANICS
(Page 272)

1. (a) The force of gravity exerted by Saturn keeps the rings in their orbit around Saturn.
(b) The force of gravity exerted by Earth keeps the Hubble Space Telescope in a stable orbit around Earth. The force
exerted by the rockets of the telescope counteracts the small amount of friction of the upper atmosphere.
2. (a) The two probes would have the same minimum speed (escape speed) even though the probes have different masses.
Students will discover that the escape speed depends on the mass of Earth, not on the mass of the probe, according to
the equation:
E
2GM
v
r
= .
(b) The minimum kinetic energy of the probe of mass 2m would be twice that of the probe of mass m. The minimum
kinetic energy of the probe is equal to the gravitational potential energy, which is proportional to the mass of the probe.

K g
K
E E
GMm
E
r
=
=

3. Since the gravitational potential energy E
g
is inversely proportional to the distance from the main body, E
g
will approach
zero as the distance increases, according to the equation presented later in the chapter:

g
GMm
E
r
=
4. Students should be able to answer this question based on their study of the law of universal gravitation in Section 3.3.

5. As students have seen on page 147 of the text, a black hole is an extremely dense celestial body. The gravitational field of
a black hole is so strong that nothing, including electromagnetic radiation, can escape from its vicinity. Since light can
enter, but not escape, a black hole appears totally black. The surface of the body is called its event horizon because no
event can be observed from outside the surface. At the core of a black hole is a dense centre called a singularity. The
distance from the centre of the singularity to the event horizon is the Schwartzschild radius.
Black holes are thought to form during the course of stellar evolution. When the nuclear fuels are exhausted in the
core of the star, the star collapses. If the mass of the core is greater than a critical value that is almost twice as great as the
mass of the Sun, the core may collapse into a black hole.

Try This Activity: Drawing and Comparing Ellipses
(Page 273)

(a) The eccentricity (e
1
) of the first ellipse is less than the eccentricity (e
2
) of the second ellipse.

1
1
1
2
2
2
5.0 cm
0.33
15 cm
7.5 cm
0.60
1.5 cm
c
e
a
c
e
a
= = =
= = =

(b) The Sun is at one focus of the elliptical orbit of each planet. Earth is at one focus of the elliptical orbit of the Moon.

6.1 GRAVITATIONAL FIELDS
PRACTICE
(Pages 276277)
1. As they are moving at a high speed in their orbits, space vehicles are attracted to Earth by the force of gravity, which
keeps them in their orbits. Also, the vehicles have small booster rockets to control the location of the orbit and to
counteract low amounts of friction in the upper atmosphere.
2. (a)
11 2 2
6.67 10 N m /kg G

=
24
E
22
Moon
8
Moon
5.98 10 kg
7.35 10 kg
3.84 10 m
M
m
r
=
=
=

E Moon
G
2
Moon
11 2 2 24 22
8 2
20
G
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)(7.35 10 kg)
(3.84 10 m)
1.99 10 N [toward Earth's centre]
GM m
F
r
F
=

=
=

The gravitational force exerted on the Moon by Earth is 1.99 10
20
N [toward Earths centre].
(b)
E Moon
G
2
Moon
GM m
F
r
=

11 2 2 24 22
8 2
20
G
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)(7.35 10 kg)
(3.84 10 m)
1.99 10 N [toward Moon's centre] F
=

The gravitational force exerted on Earth by the Moon is 1.99 10
20
N [toward Moons centre].
3. Let g
r
represent the gravitational field strength at the desired radius r. Thus,
E
r
2
E
( )
GM
g
r r
=
+
and
E
2
E
GM
g
r
= .
(a)
E
r r =

E
r
2
E E
E
2
E
r
( )
4
4
GM
g
r r
GM
r
g
g
=
+
=
=

The magnitude of the gravitational field strength (in terms of g) at 1.0 Earth radius is
4
g
.
(b)
E
3 r r =

E
r
2
E E
E
2
E
r
(3 )
16
16
GM
g
r r
GM
r
g
g
=
+
=
=

The magnitude of the gravitational field strength (in terms of g) at 3.0 Earth radii is
16
g
.
(c)
E
4.2 r r =

E
r
2
E E
E
2
E
r
(4.2 )
27
27
GM
g
r r
GM
r
g
g
=
+
=
=

The magnitude of the gravitational field strength (in terms of g) at 4.2 Earth radii is
27
g
.
4. Let g
P
represent the magnitude of the gravitational field strength of the planet. Thus,
E
P
2
E
(0.50 )
GM
g
r
= and
E
2
E
GM
g
r
= .

E
P
2
E
P
4.0
4.0
GM
g
r
g g
=
=

The planet has a surface gravitational field strength of magnitude 4.0g.
5. (a) 1.6 N/kg g =
6
1.74 10 m r =

Moon
2
2
Moon
6 2
11 2 2
22
Moon
(1.6 N/kg)(1.74 10 m)
6.67 10 N m /kg
7.3 10 kg
GM
g
r
gr
M
G
M
=
=
=

=

The mass of the Moon is 7.3 10
22
kg.
(b)
22
Moon
7.35 10 kg M =
student
55kg (example mass of student) m =

Moon student
G
2
11 2 2 22
6 2
G
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(7.35 10 kg)(55kg)
(1.74 10 m)
89 N
GM m
F
r
F
=

=
=

A 55-kg student would have a weight of 89 N on the Moon. (Students can also determine the weight by applying the
fact that the ratio of the Moons gravitational field strength to Earths gravitational field strength is 1.6:9.8.)
6. (a)
9
5.42 10 N/kg g

=
1.00kg m =

G
9
9
G
(1.00kg)(5.42 10 N/kg)
5.42 10 N
F mg
F
=
=
=

The magnitude of the gravitational force is 5.42 10
9
N.
(b)
5
8.91 10 kg m =

G
5 9
3
G
(8.91 10 kg)(5.42 10 N/kg)
4.83 10 N
F mg
F
=
=
=

The magnitude of the gravitational force is 4.83 10
3
N.
7. It is an inverse square relationship. The graphs for (a) and (b) are the same except that the vertical axes are labelled
differently.

Making Connections
8. (a) If Earths density were greater, then its mass would also be greater. Therefore, Earths surface gravitational field
strength would also be much greater since it is proportional to Earths mass.
(b) Since the surface gravitational field strength of Earth would be much greater if its density were greater, a humans
weight would also be greater. To support the increased weight, bones would need to be very sturdy (and heavier).
Shorter, thicker bones would be more efficient at supporting the larger weight.
(c) Answers will vary. Some effects in nature could be shorter maximum heights of plants and more powerful winds.
Examples of effects on human activities include different sizes of equipment used in sports (balls, bats, rackets, etc.)
and small sizes of some transportation vehicles, especially aircrafts.

(Page 277)
1. The weight of a space probe decreases as the probe travels away from Earth because the gravitational field strength of
Earth, g
E
, decreases. However, as it approaches the Moon, the space probe experiences the gravitational field strength of
the Moon, g
M
. There is a location where g
E
and g
M
are equal, but in opposite directions. At this location, the weight of the
probe is zero, although the mass of the space probe does not change. Since Earth is almost 100 times more massive than
the Moon, this location is much closer to the Moon.
2. (a) Let the subscript s represent the satellite.

24
E
6
s
6
E
s E
225kg
5.98 10 kg
8.62 10 m
6.38 10 m
m
M
r
r
r r r
=
=
=
=
= +

E
G
2
11 2 2 24
6 6 2
2
G
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)(225kg)
(8.62 10 m 6.38 10 m)
3.99 10 N
GM m
F
r
F
=

=
+
=

The magnitude and direction of the gravitational force on the satellite is 3.99 10
2
(b) F ma =

G
2
2

3.99 10 N [toward Earth's centre]
225kg
1.77 m/s [toward Earth's centre]
F
a
m
a
=
=
=

The resulting acceleration of the satellite is 1.77 m/s
2
[toward Earths centre].
3.
7
7.4 10 m r =
24
E
5.98 10 kg M =

E
2
11 2 2 24
7 2
2
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
(7.4 10 m)
7.3 10 m
GM
g
r
g
=

=
=

The magnitude and direction of the gravitational field strength is 7.3 10
2
N/kg [toward Earths centre].
4. (a) Let the subscript s represent the satellite.

s
6
E
E E
s
2 2
E
4.5 N/kg
6.38 10 m
9.8 N/kg
Since and :
g
r
g
GM GM
g g
r r
=
=
=
= =

2
E
2
s E E
2
2
s E
E
s
6
6
9.8N/kg
6.38 10 m
4.5 N/kg
9.42 10 m
GM g r
g GM r
g r
g r
g
r r
g
r

=

=
=
=
=

The distance the satellite is above Earth = r r
E

= 9.42 10
6
m 6.38 10
6
m
= 3.0 10
6
m
Thus, the satellite is 3.0 10
6
m above Earths surface.
(b)
2
6.2 10 kg m =

G
2
3
G
(6.2 10 kg)(4.5N/kg)
2.8 10 N
F mg
F
=
=
=

The gravitational force on the satellite is 2.8 10
3
N.
5.
7
N
2.48 10 m r =
26
N
1.03 10 kg M =

N
2
11 2 2 26
7 2
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.03 10 kg)
(2.48 10 m)
11.2 N/kg
GM
g
r
g
=

=
=

The magnitude of Neptunes surface gravitational field strength is 11.2 N/kg. The value given in Table 1 is
1.14 9.8 N/kg = 11.2 N/kg. Therefore, the values are the same.
6. (a)
7
2.5 10 m r =
3
456kg
3.9km/s 3.9 10 m/s
m
v
=
= =


2
c
3 2
7
2
c
(3.9 10 m/s)
2.5 10 m
0.61m/s
v
a
r
a
=
=

The acceleration of the satellite is 0.61 m/s
2
[toward Earths centre].
(b)
E
G
2
GM m
F
r
=
11 2 2 24
7 2
2
G
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(456kg)(5.98 10 kg)
(2.5 10 m)
2.9 10 N F
=

The gravitational force on the satellite is 2.9 10
2
7. (a) 1.3 N/kg g =
23
1.3 10 kg M =

2
11 2 2 23
6
3
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.3 10 kg)
1.3N/kg
2.6 10 m
2.6 10 km
GM
g
r
GM
r
g
r
=
=

=
=
=

Titans radius is 2.6 10
3
km.
(b) 0.181kg m =

G
G
(0.181kg)(1.3N/kg)
0.24 N
F mg
F
=
=
=

The force of gravity on a 0.181-kg rock on Titan is 0.24 N.
8. Let r
2
be the distance from Earths centre at which the gravitational field strength has a magnitude, g
2
, of 3.20 N/kg.

E
2 2
9.80 N/kg at Earth's surface
3.20 N/kg at distance
g
g r
=
=

Using ratio and proportion:

2 E E
2 2
E 2 E
2
E
2
2
2
2 E E
2
2
2
E E
2
2
2
E
2 E
g
g
(9.80 N/kg)( )
(3.20 N/m)
1.75
g Gm Gm
g r r
r
r
g r
r
g r
r
r
r r
=
=
=
=
=
=


E E
E
1.75 1.00
0.75
d r r
d r
=
=

The gravitational field strength is 3.20 N/kg at a distance of 0.75r
E
above Earths surface.
9. The diagram below shows examples of the required FBDs.

Making Connections
10. Based on the data in Table 1, some astronomers might argue that Pluto should not be considered to be a planet because
the gravitational field strength of Pluto is so much smaller than the other planets. On average, Plutos gravitational field
strength is less than one-tenth the gravitational field strength of the other planets.

6.2 ORBITS AND KEPLERS LAWS
PRACTICE
(Page 279)
1. The Moon does not fall into Earth because it travels at a specific speed around Earth. This keeps the Moon at an
approximately constant distance from Earths centre called the orbital radius.
2. Since the space probe is in a circular orbit, the direction of the gravitational force is perpendicular to the direction of the
instantaneous velocity. Thus, the force of gravity does not do any work on the probe, and there is no change in the kinetic
energy (or speed) of the probe.
3. Let the subscript s represent the satellite.
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
r
s
= 525 km = 5.25 10
5
m
r = r
E
+ r
s
(a)
E
s
GM
v
r
=

11 2 2 24
6 5
3
s
(6.67 10 N m / kg )(5.98 10 kg)
(6.38 10 m) (5.25 10 m)
7.60 10 m/s v

=
+
=

The speed of the satellite is 7.60 10
3
m/s.
(b)
2 r
v
T
=

( )
6 5
3
3
2
2 6.38 10 m 5.25 10 m
7.60 10 m/s
5.71 10 s
r
T
v
T
=
+
=
=

The period of revolution of the satellite is 5.71 10
3
s or (5.71 10
3
s)
1 h
3600 s

= 1.59 h.
4. Let the subscript s represent the satellite.
M
Moon
= 7.35 10
22
kg
r
Moon
= 1.74 10
6
m

Moon
s
11 2 2 22
6
3
s
(6.67 10 N m / kg )(7.35 10 kg)
1.74 10 m
1.68 10 m/s
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

3
m/s.
5. (a) The speed of a satellite around a central body is inversely proportional to the square root of the radius of the satellites
orbit. Thus,
s
s
1
v
r
.
(b)

Making Connections
6. Recommended web sites are:
www.space.com/spacewatch/space_junk.html
http://earthwatch.unep.net/solidwaste/spacejunk.html

Students are likely to encounter the following points about the problem of space junk:
a study done in 1999 estimated 4 million pounds of space junk in low-Earth orbit
objects that are baseball-size and bigger may threaten the safety of astronauts in space; collisions involving even the
smallest of objects may be damaging due to the high speeds of the objects
the U.S. Space Command agency counted the number of objects in space as of June 21, 2000 and found 2671 satellites,
90 space probes, and 6096 chunks of debris
some objects re-enter Earths atmosphere, but most burn up on re-entry, or land in water or uninhabited land
NASA calculates that if the amount of debris equal to or larger than 1 centimeter exceeds 150 000, it could make space
flight impossible
as technology improves, more and more satellites and space objects are being launched into space, not only by space
agencies, but other industries including telecommunications and organizations interested in astronomy
possible solutions include better tracking of space junk, improved methods of bringing down satellites to Earth, and
launching satellites to sweep up the space junk that is already in orbit

PRACTICE
(Page 283)
7. Relative to the rest of the solar system, Earths frame of reference is accelerating, so the geocentric model is the
noninertial frame of reference. The heliocentric model is an inertial frame of reference if the solar system is considered to
be isolated. However, it is a noninertial frame with respect to the Milky Way Galaxy and the rest of the universe.
8. Tycho Brahe (15461601) made precise, comprehensive astronomical measurements of the solar system and more than 700
stars. For 20 years, he made countless naked-eye observations using large instruments he made himself. He was able to
collect data for Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, and Saturn, because those were planets that he could see. The other planets
were beyond his scope of vision and the telescope was not invented until the early 17th century.
9. Using Keplers second law, Earth sweeps out equal areas in equal time intervals. Therefore, when Earth is closest to the Sun,
it is moving fastest. Conversely, if the orbit is divided into 180 halves, the portion closest to the Sun will have a smaller
area, and therefore a shorter time. Since there are three fewer days between September 21 and March 21, Earth must be
closest to the Sun at that time.
10. The ratio
3
2
r
T
is calculated for each planet in Table 1.
Table 1
Object Mean
Radius of
Orbit (m)
Period of
Revolution
of Orbit (s)
r
3
T
2

3
2
r
C
T
= (m
3
/s
2
)
Mercury

5.79 10
10

7.60 10
6

3.36 10
18

Venus

1.08 10
11

1.94 10
7

3.35 10
18

Earth

1.49 10
11

3.16 10
7

3.31 10
18

Mars

2.28 10
11

5.94 10
7

3.36 10
18

Jupiter

7.78 10
11

3.75 10
8

3.35 10
18

Saturn

1.43 10
12

9.30 10
8

3.38 10
18

Uranus

2.87 10
12

2.65 10
9

3.37 10
18

Neptune

4.50 10
12

5.20 10
9

3.37 10
18

Pluto

5.91 10
12

7.82 10
9

3.38 10
18

All proportionality constants calculated in Table 1 are within 1.5% of the average value. This verifies Keplers third law.
11. (a) The average value (in SI base units) of the constant of proportionality in r
3
T
2
is 3.36 10
18
m
3
/s
2
.
(b) C
S
= 3.36 10
18
m
3
/s
2
(from (a))

S
S
2
2
S
S
18 3 2 2
11 2 2
30
S
4
4
(3.36 10 m /s )4

6.67 10 N m / kg
1.99 10 kg
GM
C
C
M
G
M
=
=
=

=

The mass of the Sun is 1.99 10
30
kg.
12. (a) r
Moon
= 3.84 10
8
m
T
Moon
= 2.36 10
6
s

3
Moon
E
2
Moon
8 3
6 2
13 3 2
E
(3.84 10 m)
(2.36 10 s)
1.02 10 m /s
r
C
T
C
=
=

Thus, Keplers third law constant, C
E
, is 1.02 10
13
m
3
/s
2
for objects orbiting Earth.
(b) Let the subscript s represent the satellite.
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
T
s
= 4.0 h = (4.0 h)
3600 s
1 h

= 1.4 10
4
s
Since
3
s E
E
2 2
s
4
r GM
C
T
= = , then
3
s E
2 2
s
4
r GM
T
= .

2
3 E s
s
2
11 2 2 24 4 2
3
s
2
7 4
s
4
(6.67 10 N m / kg )(5.98 10 kg)(1.4 10 s)
4
1.3 10 m or 1.3 10 km
GM T
r
r
r
=

=
=

The satellite must be 1.3 10
4
km above the centre of Earth.

( )
s
7
4
3
s
2
2 1.26 10 m
1.4 10 s
5.6 10 m/s
r
v
T
v
=

3
m/s.
13.

In the sample diagram above, the shape of each figure is approximately that of a triangle, so the approximate areas are:

1 1 1
2 2
1
1
2
1
(5.0 mm)(54 mm)
2
1.3 10 mm
A b h
A
=
=
=

2 2 2
2 2
2
1
2
1
(12 mm)(22 mm)
2
1.3 10 mm
A b h
A
=
=
=

In the diagram, d
2
> d
1
, but t
2
= t
1
, so v
2
> v
1
.
Making Connections
14. (a) Let the subscript C represent the central body around which another body (subscript B) revolves in an orbit of known
period and average radius. Since
3
C B
2 2
B
4
GM r
T
= , the equation for the mass of the central body is
2 3
B
C
2
B
4 r
M
GT
= .
(b) According to the equation derived in (a) above, G is known and if the mass of the star can be estimated, the period of
revolution of the planet must be found in order to solve for the radius of the orbit. Astronomers have discovered that
the mass of a star can be estimated by determining its luminosity. (This applies to main-sequence stars, by far the
majority of stars.) The period of revolution is determined by measuring the period of the wobble of the star as the
planet tugs on the star. The radius of the orbit is found using the equation
2
Star Planet
3
2
( )
4
GM T
r
= .

(Page 284)
1. According to Keplers first law, a comet travels in an elongated elliptical orbit. Keplers second law implies that the
portion of the comets orbit closet to the Sun will have a much smaller area than the rest of its orbit. Thus, the time spent
in this region (where the comet may be visible to observers on Earth) will be far less compared to the total orbital period.
2. Keplers second law states that Earth sweeps out equal areas in equal time intervals. Therefore, on January 4 when Earth
is closest to the Sun, it is moving most rapidly because the distance travelled is greatest for equal time intervals. The Earth is
moving least rapidly on July 5 when it is farthest from the Sun.
3. Although the nonrotating frame of reference is placed at the centre of the Sun, the Sun is in orbit around the centre of the
Milky Way Galaxy, so it is constantly accelerating. This means it is a noninertial frame of reference within the galaxy.
4. r = 4.8 10
11
m
M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg

S
S
2
11 2 2 30
2
18 3 2
S
3
S
2
3
2
S
11 3
18 3 2
8
4
(6.67 10 N m / kg )(1.99 10 kg)
4
3.36 10 m /s
(4.8 10 m)
3.36 10 m /s
1.8 10 s
GM
C
C
r
C
T
r
T
C
T
T
=

=
=
=
=
=

The orbital period of the asteroid is 1.8 10
8
s.
5. Let the subscript P represent the unknown planet.

3
E
S
2
E
3
P
S
2
P
3 3
P E
2 2
P E
P E
3 3
P E
2 2
E E
2 3
E E
3
P
2
E
3
E
P E
2
(2 )
4
4
1.6
r
C
T
r
C
T
r r
T T
T T
r r
T T
T r
r
T
r
r r
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

The small planet would be 1.6 times farther from the Sun than Earth.
6. M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
24
m
r
s
= 2r
E

3
E E
2 2
3
E E
2 2
2 3
E
E
2 6 3
11 2 2 24
4
(2 )
4
8
4
32
32 (6.38 10 m)
(6.67 10 N m / kg )(5.98 10 kg)
1 h
1.43 10 s
3600s
4.0 h
GM r
T
GM r
T
r
T
GM
T
=
=
=
=

=

=

The period of revolution is 4.0 h.
7. Let the subscript P represent Phobos, the subscript D represent Deimos, and the subscript M represent Mars.
T
D
= 30 h 18 min = 30 h
3600 s
1 h

+ 18 min
60 s
1 min

= 1.09 10
5
s
r
D
= 2.3 10
4
km
T
P
= 7 h 39 min = 7 h
3600 s
1 h

+ 39 min
60 s
1 min

= 2.75 10
4
s

3
D
M
2
D
7 3
5 2
12
M
(2.3 10 m)
(1.09 10 s)
1.02 10 s
r
C
T
C
=
=

Substitute the value of C
M
into the equation for Phobos:

3
P
M
2
P
3 2
P M P
12 4 2 3
P
6
P
(1.02 10 s)(2.75 10 s)
9.2 10 m
r
C
T
r C T
r
r
=
=
=
=

Phobos is 9.2 10
6
m from the centre of Mars.
8.
2 2
(N m / kg )(kg)
m
GM
r

=

2 2 2
3 2
2 2
(kg m/s )(m / kg )(kg)
m
m /s
m
m /s
m/s
=
=
=
=

Therefore, the SI base units are metres per second.
9. Since r
3
= CT
2
(from Keplers third law), the line on the graph is straight and the slope is Keplers third law constant for
the Sun.

Making Connections
10. (a) Galileo was born near Pisa, on February 15, 1564. In 1609, after learning that a telescope had been invented in
Holland, he built his own telescope of 20 times magnification. The strength of this magnification allowed Galileo to see
mountains and craters on the Moon, and to discover the four largest satellites of Jupiter.
Tychos work was done between 1581 and 1601, during which he made numerous naked-eye observations with
large instruments. Kepler began analyzing Tychos data in 1601. In 1609, Kepler published his first two laws. He
published his third law in 1619.
(b) Relating Keplers third law and the law of universal gravitation, we find that the mass of Jupiter is given by
2 2
M
J
2
M
4 r
M
GT
= , where r
M
and T
M
are the radius of the orbit and period of revolution, respectively, of any moon around
Jupiter. Thus, Galileo would need to know the values of r
M
and T
M
for at least one moon, as well as the universal
gravitation constant, G.
(c) Calculating the mass of Jupiter was not possible until the value of G was determined, which was not possible until
Keplers third law was formed. (As mentioned in Section 3.3, it was Cavendish who first determined that value in
1798.)

6.3 GRAVITATIONAL POTENTIAL ENERGY IN GENERAL
PRACTICE
(Pages 287288)
1. M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
m = 0.0123M
E

r = 3.84 10
5
km

( )( ) ( )
E
g
2
E
2
11 2 2 24
8
28
g
0.0123

6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 0.0123
3.84 10 m
7.64 10 J
GM m
E
r
GM
r
E
=
=

=
=

The gravitational potential energy of the Earth-Moon system is 7.64 10
28
J.
2. (a) m = 1.0 kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
r = 1.0 10
2
km = 1.0 10
5
m

On Earths surface,

( )( )( )
E
g1
E
11 2 2 24
6
7
g1
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 1.0kg
6.38 10 m
6.25 10 J
GM m
E
r
E
=

=
=

In orbit,

( )( )( )
E
g2
E
11 2 2 24
5 6
7
g2
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 1.0kg
1.0 10 m 6.38 10 m
6.15 10 J
GM m
E
r r
E
=
+

=
+
=

g g2 g1
7 7
7
g
6.15 10 J ( 6.25 10 J)
1.0 10 J
E E E
E
=
=
=

The change in gravitational potential energy for a 1.0-kg mass lifted 1.0 10
2
km above Earths surface is 1.0 10
6
J
(b) g = 9.80 N/kg

g
5
5
g
(1.0kg)(9.80 N/kg)(1.0 10 m)
9.8 10 J
E mg y
E
=
=
=

The percentage error can be calculated as:

5 6
6
measured value accepted value
% error = 100%
accepted value
9.8 10 J 1.0 10 J
100%
1.0 10 J
% error = 2.0%

Thus, the answer calculated using the equation E
g
mgy would be 2.0% less than the answer calculated in (a).
(c) The low percentage error (less than 2.0%) tells us that there is little need for more exact treatment in most normal
Earth-bound problems. The approximation assuming a constant value of g is quite good, even for an altitude of
1.0 10
2
km.
3. M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m

Since E
K
= Eg, E
K
= Eg
2
Eg
1
where Eg
1
is the gravitational potential energy on Earths surface and Eg
2
is the
gravitational potential energy in orbit. Thus,

( )( )
2 E E
E E
E
E E
11 2 2 24
6 6
3
1
2 2
1 1
2
2
1 1
2 6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg
6.38 10 m 2(6.38 10 m)
7.91 10 m/s
GM m GM m
mv
r r
v GM
r r
v

=

=

=

=

The object must be projected with an initial velocity of 7.91 10
3
m/s.
Chapter 6 Gravitation and Celestial Mechanics
4. M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
p
= 1.47 10
11
m; the distance from the Sun to Earth at perihelion
r
a
= 1.52 10
11
m; the distance from the Sun to Earth at aphelion
(a) The maximum change in Earths gravitational potential energy during one orbit of the Sun is Eg = E
a
E
p
where E
a
is
the gravitational potential energy at aphelion and E
p
is the gravitational potential energy at perihelion.

( )( )( )
S E S E
g
a p
S E
p a
11 2 2 24 30
11 11
32
g
1 1
1 1
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 1.99 10 kg
1.47 10 m 1.52 10 m
1.8 10 J
GM M GM M
E
r r
GM M
r r
E

=

=

=

=

The maximum change in Earths gravitational potential energy during one orbit of the Sun is 1.8 10
32
J.
(b) Earth is moving the fastest at perihelion, which is its closest approach to the Sun. The maximum change in kinetic
energy during one orbit is E
K
= E
g
= 1.8 10
32
J.
Making Connections
5. m = 5.00 10
2
kg
r
1
= 2r
E

r
2
= 3r
E
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
(a) In the satellites initial orbit:

( )( )( )
E
g1
1
11 2 2 24 2
6
10
g1
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 5.00 10 kg
2(6.38 10 m)
1.56 10 J
GM m
E
r
E
=

=
=

In the satellites final orbit:

( )( )( )
E
g2
2
11 2 2 24 2
6
10
g2
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 5.00 10 kg
3(6.38 10 m)
1.04 10 J
GM m
E
r
E
=

=
=

The gravitational potential energy in the satellites initial orbit is 1.56 10
10
J. The gravitational potential energy in
the satellites final orbit is 1.04 10
10
J.
(b)
g g2 g1
E E E =

10 10
9
g
1.04 10 J ( 1.56 10 J)
5.2 10 J E
=
=

The change in gravitational potential energy from the first orbit to the second orbit is 5.2 10
9
J.
(c) W = E
g

W = 5.2 10
9
J
The work done in raising the satellite as it moves from the first orbit to the second orbit is 5.2 10
9
J.
PRACTICE
(Page 293)
6. The escape speed of a space probe depends on the mass of Earth, not on the mass of the probe, according to the equation
E
2GM
v
r
= .
7. M
J
= 318 M
E

r
J
= 10.9 r
E

J
J
J
2GM
v
r
= and
E
E
E
2GM
v
r
=

( )
( )
E
E J
E E
E
E E
E E
J
E
2 318
10.9
2
2 318
10.9 2
318
10.9
5.40
G M
r v
v GM
r
G M
r
r GM
v
v
=

=

=
=

The ratio of the escape speed from Jupiter to the escape speed from Earth is 5.40:1.
8. m
Moon
= 7.35 10
22
kg
r = 3.84 10
8
m (from Earths centre)
(a)
E
g
GM m
E
r
=

( )( )( )
11 2 2 24 22
8
28
g
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 7.35 10 kg
3.84 10 m
7.63 10 J E
=

The gravitational potential energy of the Moon with respect to Earth is 7.63 10
28
J.
(b) E
K
= E
T
E
g

K g g
g
28
K
1
2
1
2
3.82 10 J
E E E
E
E
=
=
=

2
K
1
Since
2
E mv =

K
28
22
3
2
2(3.82 10 J)
7.35 10 kg
1.02 10 m/s
E
v
m
v
=
=

The Moons kinetic energy is 3.82 10
28
J and its speed in orbit is 1.02 10
3
m/s.
(c) The Moons binding energy to Earth is E
T
=
1
2
E
g
= 3.82 10
28
J.
9. m = 2.0 10
3
r =

5.0 10
2
km = 5.0 10
5
m
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m

( )( )( )
T T
g2 g1
E E
E E
E
E E
11 2 2 24 3
6 5 6
10
(in orbit) (on Earth)
1
2
1
2 ( )
1 1
2( )
1 1
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 2.0 10 kg
6.38 10 m 2(5.0 10 m 6.38 10 m)
6.7 10 J
W E E E
E E E
GM m GM m
r r r
GM m
r r r
E
= =
=

=

+

=

+

=

+

=

The total amount of energy needed to place the satellite in circular Earth orbit is 6.7 10
10
J.
10. The binding energy of the satellite is
E
E
1
2
GM m
r r +
. Thus, the additional energy that would have to be supplied to the satellite
would be:

( )( )( )
E
E
E
E
11 2 2 24 3
5 6
10
1
2
1
2 ( )
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 2.0 10 kg
2(5.0 10 m 6.38 10 m)
5.8 10 J
GM m
E
r r
GM m
r r
E
=
+
=
+

=
+
=

Therefore, 5.8 10
10
J of additional energy would have to be supplied to the satellite to allow it to escape from Earths
gravitational field.
11. T = 24 h = 24 h 3600 s/h = 8.64 10
4
s
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg

( )( )
E
E
2
11 2 2 24
2
13 3 2
E
4
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg
4
1.01 10 m /s
GM
C
C
=

=
=

3 2
E
2
3
E
13 3 2 4 2 3
7
(1.01 10 m /s )(8.64 10 s)
4.23 10 m
r C T
r C T
r
=
=
=
=

7
4
3
2
2 (4.23 10 m)
8.64 10 s
3.1 10 m/s
r
v
T
v
=

The satellites speed in orbit is 3.1 10
3
m/s.

( )( )
K g2 g1
2 E E
E
2
E
E
11 2 2 24
6 7
4
1
2
1 1
2 2
1 1
2
2
1 1
2 6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg
6.38 10 m 2(4.23 10 m)
1.08 10 m/s
E E E E
GM m GM m
mv
r r
v GM
r r
v
v
= =

=

=

=

=

The satellite must reach a speed of 1.1 10
4
m/s during launch to get into a geosynchronous orbit.
12. m = 4.00 M
S

M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
c =
8
3.00 10 m/s

2
11 2 2 30
8 2
4
2
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )(4.00 1.99 10 kg)
(3.00 10 m/s)
1.18 10 m, or 11.8 km
GM
r
c
r
=

=
=

The Schwartzschild radius of a black hole is 11.8 km.
13. As shown in Figure 4 on page 288 of the text, a graph of gravitational potential energy as a function of distance from the
centre of the body yields a potential well graph.

Making Connections
14. (a) m = 65.0 kg
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m

On Earths surface:

( )( )( )
E
E
11 2 2 24
6
9
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 65.0 kg
6.38 10 m
4.06 10 J
GM m
E
r
E
=

=
=

The binding energy of a 65.0-kg person on Earths surface is 4.06 10
9
J.
(b) To just escape from Earth, E
K
= binding energy. Thus, the person would need 4.06 10
9
J of kinetic energy.
(c) g = 9.80 N/kg
y = 1.00 m

2
(65 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(1.00 m)
6.37 10 J
W mg y
W
=
=
=

To raise the person 1.00 m at Earths surface would require 6.37 10
2
J of work.
(d) One of NASAs objectives in designing launches into space is to minimize the mass of the payload. Since the binding
energy is proportional to the mass of the object
E
E
bindingenergy
GM m
r

=

, the lower the mass, the lower the binding
energy. Minimizing the mass of the payload would therefore require less energy and work to launch the vehicle into
space, reduce the amount of fuel needed, and be more cost effective.

(Page 294)
1. Escape energy
E
E
GM m
r
= . Therefore, the escape energy is proportional to the mass of the object. Since the mass of a
1500-kg rocket is three times the mass of a 500-kg rocket, the escape energy of the 1500-kg rocket will also be three times
as great as the escape energy of the 500-kg rocket.
2. The statement, No satellite can orbit Earth in less than about 80 min is correct. The minimum period of orbit for a
satellite corresponds to the radius of Earth.

E
E
2
11 2 2 24
2
13 3
E
4
(6.67 10 N m / kg )(5.98 10 kg)
4
1.01 10 m
GM
C
C
=

=
=

3
s
s
2
s
3
2 E
E
E
6 3
E
13 3 2
3
E
(6.38 10 m)
(1.01 10 m / s )
(5.07 10 s)(1 min/60 s)
85 min
r
C
T
r
T
C
T
T
=
=
=
=

Thus, the minimum period of orbit corresponds to 85 min.
3. (a) M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
m
t
= 1.2 10
3
kg (mass of the tank)
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
r
t
= 6.38 10
6
m + 2.0 10
6
m = 8.28 10
6
m
W = ?

Applying the law of conservation of energy:

g
E t E t
E t
E t
t E
11 2 2 3
6 6
10
1 1
1 1
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.2 10 kg)
8.28 10 m 6.38 10 m
1.7 10 J
W E
GM m GM m
r r
GM m
r r
W
=

=

=

=

=

The work done by gravity on the tank is 1.7 10
10
J. (The gravitational potential energy at Earths surface is more
negative than it is at higher altitudes.)
(b) v = 0
v = ?

Since the loss in gravitational potential energy (found above) equals the gain in kinetic energy,
E
K
= E
g
= 1.7 10
7
J.

( ) ( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
2 2
7
7
2
7
7
3
3
1.7 10 J
2 2
2 1.7 10 J
2 1.72 10 J
2 1.7 10 J
1.2 10 kg
5.4 10 m/s
m v m v
v
m
v
m
v
=

The speed of impact at Earths surface is 5.4 10
3
m/s.
4. E
K
= 5.0 10
9
J
E
g
= 6.4 10
9
J
E
T
= E
K
+ E
g

= (5.0 10
9
J) + (6.4 10
9
J)
E
T
= 1.4 10
9
J
The binding energy of the space vehicle is 1.4 10
9
J.
5. m = 2.00 10
3
kg
r = 4.00 10
2
km = 4.00 10
5
m
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
(a)
E
g
E
GM m
E
r r
=
+

( )( )( )
11 2 2 24 3
5 6
11
g
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 2.00 10 kg
4.00 10 m 6.38 10 m
1.18 10 J E

=
+
=

Thus, the average value of gravitational potential energy of the satellite in orbit is 1.18 10
11
J.
(b) E
K
= E
T
E
g

=
1
2
E
g
E
g

=
1
2
E
g

E
K
= 5.88 10
10
J
Thus, the average value of orbital kinetic energy is 5.88 10
10
J.
(c) E
T
=
1
2
E
g

E
T
= 5.88 10
10
J
Thus, the total energy of the satellite while in orbit is 5.88 10
10
J.
(d) Let the subscript p represent the satellite at perigee.
r
p
= 2.80 10
2
km = 2.80 10
5
m

( )( )( )
E
gp
p E
11 2 2 24 3
5 6
11
gp
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 2.00 10 kg
2.80 10 m 6.38 10 m
1.20 10 J
GM m
E
r r
E
=
+

=
+
=

To determine the satellites orbital speed at perigee:

K gp
2 11
11
3
3
1
2
1 1
( 1.20 10 J)
2 2
1.20 10 J
2.00 10 kg
7.74 10 m/s
E E
mv
v
v
=
=
=

The satellites orbital speed at perigee is 7.74 10
3
m/s.
6. m = 5.00 10
2
kg
r = 2.00 10
2
km
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
(a)
E
g
E
GM m
E
r r
=
+

( )( )( )
11 2 2 24 2
5 6
10
g
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg 5.00 10 kg
2.00 10 m 6.38 10 m
3.03 10 J E

=
+
=

The gravitational potential energy of the satellite is 3.03 10
10
J.
(b) E
K
= E
T
E
g

=
1
2
E
g
E
g

=
1
2
(3.03 10
10
J)
E
K
= 1.52 10
10
J
Thus, the average value of kinetic energy of the satellite is 1.52 10
10
J.
(c) binding energy =
1
2
E
g
= 1.52 10
10
J
Thus, the binding energy of the satellite while in orbit is 1.52 10
10
J.
(d) To launch the satellite into orbit:
E = E
T
(in orbit) E
T
(on Earth)

g2 g1
E E
E E
E
E E
1
2
1
2 ( )
1 1
2( )
E E
GM m GM m
r r r
E GM m
r r r
=

=

+

=

+

To escape from Earth:

E
T
E
E
E T
E
E E
E
E E
6
6 5 6
T
1 1
2( )
1
1 1
2( )
1
6.38 10 m
1 1
6.38 10 m 2(2.00 10 m 6.38 10 m)
1.94
GM m
E
r
GM m
r E
E
GM m
r r r
r
r r r
E
E
=

=

+

=

+

=

+

=

The percentage increase in launching energy required for the satellite to escape from Earth is 94%.
7. (a) M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
r
S
= 6.96 10
8
m
v = ? (escape speed)

S
S
11 2 2 30
8
5
2
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.99 10 kg)
6.96 10 m
6.18 10 m/s
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

The escape speed from our solar system is 6.18 10
5
m/s.
(b) The energy needed to escape from the solar system is the addition of the escape energy from Earth and the escape
energy from the Sun at the location of Earths orbit. The escape energy can be used to determine the escape speed.
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
r
E-S
= 1.49 10
11
m (radius of Earths orbit)
E
t
= ? (the total escape energy)
v = ?

E
t
E-S
11 2 2 30 11 2 2 24
11 6
8
t
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.99 10 kg)( ) (6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)( )
1.49 10 m 6.38 10 m
9.53 10 ( ) J
S
E
GM m GM m
E
r r
m m
E m

= +

= +

=

Now, E
K
= E
t
=
1
2
mv
2

2 K
K
8
4
2
2
2(9.53 10 ( ) J
4.37 10 m/s
E
v
m
E
v
m
m
m
v
=
=
=
=

The escape speed is 4.37 10
4
m/s.
8. m
Moon
= 7.35 10
22
kg
r
Moon
= 1.74 10
6
m

( )( )
2 Moon Moon
Moon Moon
Moon
Moon Moon
11 2 2 22
6 6
3
1
2 2
1 1
2
2
1 1
2 6.67 10 N m /kg 7.35 10 kg
1.74 10 m 2(1.74 10 m)
1.68 10 m/s
GM m GM m
mv
r r
v GM
r r
v

=

=

=

=

An object projected from the Moon must have a speed of 1.68 10
3
m/s to reach an altitude equal to the Moons radius.
9. M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
r = 15.4 km = 1.54 10
4
m
c =
8
3.00 10 m/s

2
2
4 8 2
11 2 2
31
2
2
(1.54 10 m)(3.00 10 m/s)
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )
1.04 10 kg
GM
r
c
rc
M
G
M
=
=

=

=

In terms of the Suns mass, the mass of the black hole is:

31
30
S
S
1.04 10 kg
1.99 10 kg
5.22
M
M
M M
=

Thus, the mass of the black hole is 5.22 M
S
.
10. The data for the required graph, generated by using the equation
M
g
GM m
E
r
= , are shown in the table below.

Position E
g
( 10
9
J)
r
r
r
r
r

11. (a) M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
c =
8
3.00 10 m/s

E
2
11 2 2 24
8 2
3
2
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
(3.00 10 m/s)
8.86 10 m
8.86mm
GM
r
c
r
=

=
=
=

The theoretical Schwartzschild radius of the black hole is 8.86 mm.
(b) The very small radius of the black hole implies that it is extremely dense, according to
3
1
r
. Thus,

3
E
3
E
6 3
3 3
26
E
(6.38 10 m)
(8.86 10 m)
3.73 10
r
r
=

Therefore, the black hole is 3.73 10
26
times more dense than Earth.
Making Connections
12. The escape energy of an object from the Moon is much less than the escape energy of the same object from Earth. (In fact,
calculations show that the ratio of the escape energy from Earth is more than 22 times as great as that from the Moon.)
Thus, less fuel is required to send the spacecraft from the Moon to Earth than from Earth to the Moon.

Lab Exercise 6.3.1: Graphical Analysis of Energies
(Page 295)
Procedure
1. Changing the numerical values in the given data to megametres and gigajoules is suggested just to make data entry in a
software program easier. The results of the graphing and the analysis are not affected by this suggestion. The data are:

r (Mm)
E
g
(GJ)

2 5. The four lines required on the graph are shown below.

Analysis
(a) To analyze the energy data of a spacecraft-moon system, graphs of gravitational potential energy, binding energy, and
kinetic energy are useful. All graphs should be as a function of the distance from the centre of the moon, r.
Evaluation
(b) Answers will vary. An advantage of a spreadsheet program is that it performs calculations and plots relationships on
graphs very quickly. However, a disadvantage is that learning how to use the program for a specific application can be
more time consuming.
Synthesis
(c) Energy considerations are important in planning space missions in order to determine the amount of fuel required to
safely launch and transport the vehicles to and from the destination. The amount of fuel affects the total cost of any
mission.

CHAPTER 6 SUMMARY
Make a Summary
(Page 297)

Details on the diagram will vary. The figure below shows the start of the diagram. Urge students to add enough detail to help
them understand and remember as much as possible about the chapter.

CHAPTER 6 SELF QUIZ
(Pages 298299)
True/False
1. T
2. T
3. T
4. T
5. F Evidence is to the Analysis as Tycho Brahes work was to Keplers work.
6. F In Figure 1 where the path distances d
1
and d
2
are equal, the speeds along those path segments are not equal because the
area swept out by these paths, and thus the time intervals, are different according to Keplers second law.
7. F Keplers third law constant for Earth is the same for the Moon as for all satellites in orbit around Earth; the constant
depends on Earths mass.
8. F The gravitational potential energy of the Earth-Moon system is inversely proportional to the distance between the
centres of the two bodies.
9. T
10. F Your escape energy and binding energy are equal because you are at rest, and therefore you have no kinetic energy.
Multiple Choice
11. (a) g m
12. (d) g
1
r

13. (c) v m
14. (d) v
1
r

15. (a) area t
16. (c) r
3 2
T or r
2
3
T
17. (a) r
3
T
2

18. (d) E
K

1
r

19. (e) E
g

1
r

20. (c) Keplers third law allows us to determine Earths mass according to the equation
E
E
2
4
GM
C
= .
21. (c) Since g
2
1
r
, then r
2
= 3r
1
. Using the equations
1
2
1
GM
g
r
= and
2
2
1
3
GM
g
r
= :

2
2
1 2 1
1 1
2
1
2 1
3
1
3 9
1
9
GM
r g r
g r
GM
r
g g

= = =

=

22. (d) r
1
= 4r
2

S1
1
S2
4
GM
v
r
= and
2
2
2
GM
v
r
=

E
2
1
2
E
2
2
2
1
2
1 2
4
4
1
4
0.5
GM
r
v
v
GM
r
r
r
v
v
v v

=

=
=
=

23. (c) Let the subscript 1 represent the mass of the Sun at its current value and the subscript 2 represent the mass of the Sun at
half its current value. Since M
S2
=
1
2
M
S1
, C
S2
=
1
2
C
S1
. Thus,

3
S1
2
r
C
T
= and
3
S2
2
r
C
T
= .

3
2
1 S1
3
S2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
r
T C
C
r
T
T
T
T
T

=

=
=

24. (c) A satellite in geosynchronous orbit has a period of revolution of 24 h.
25. (a) The speed of the comet increases as it comes closer to the Sun. Position A is closet to the Sun, and therefore has the
greatest speed. Position C is furthest from the Sun, and so has the slowest speed. Positions B and D are equidistant
from the Sun and are between positions A and C. Thus, v
A
> v
B
= v
D
> v
C
.
26. (e) M
P
= M
E

r
P
=
1
4
r
E

E
E
E
2GM
v
r
= and
E E
P
E
E
2 8
1
4
GM GM
v
r
r
= =

E
E
P
E
E
E
P
E
P E
8
2
4
2
GM
r
v
v
GM
r
v
v
v v

=

=
=

CHAPTER 6 REVIEW
(Pages 300301)
1. The escape energy (and thus the escape speed) from the Sun is much greater than that from Earth, so the rocket given the
speed needed to escape from Earth would not have enough speed to escape from the solar system. Space vehicles sent to
explore distant planets have a much lower binding energy by the time they reach those distant locations, and could acquire
enough energy to escape from the solar system by taking advantage of the force of gravity of the distant planet.
2. Since Earth rotates eastward, an eastward orientation of the rocket as it is being launched means that the rocket already
has a component of the required velocity before blasting off. This means that less energy will be needed to launch the
rocket eastward than would be required to launch it westward in order to achieve the same speed.
3. g
U
= 1.0 N/kg
M
U
= 8.80 10
25
kg
r
U
= 2.56 10
7
m

U
U
2
U
U
U
U
11 2 2 25
7
7
4
( )
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(8.80 10 kg)
2.56 10 m
1.0 N/kg
5.1 10 m
5.1 10 km
GM
g
r r
GM
r r
g
r
=
+
=

=
=
=

Uranus has a gravitational field strength of 1.0 N/kg at an elevation of 5.1 10
4
km above the surface.
4. M = 1.48 10
23
kg
r = 5.55 10
3
km = 5.55 10
6
m

2
11 2 2 23
6 2
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.48 10 kg)
(5.55 10 m)
0.318N/kg
GM
g
r
g
=

=
=

The magnitude of Ganymedes gravitational field strength at a point in space 5.55 10
3
km from its centre is 0.318 N/kg.
5. Use the spacecraft-to-Earth line as the reference for the coordinate system.
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
M
Moon
= 7.35 10
22
kg
r
E-spacecraft
= 3.07 10
8
m
r
Moon-spacecraft
= 2.30 10
8
m

T E Moon
T, E
T, Moon
x
y
g g g
g g
g g
= +
=
=

E
E
2
11 2 2 24
8 2
3
E
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
(3.07 10 m)
4.23 10 N/kg
GM
g
r
g
=

=

Moon
Moon
2
11 2 2 22
8 2
5
M
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(7.35 10 kg)
(2.30 10 m)
9.26 10 N/kg
GM
g
r
g
=

=

( ) ( )
2 2
T T, T,
2 2
3 5
3
T
4.23 10 N/kg 9.26 10 N/kg
4.23 10 N/kg
x y
g g g
g

= +
= +
=


T,
T,
T, 1
T,
tan
tan
1.26
y
x
y
x
g
g
g
g
=

=

=

The total gravitational field strength (magnitude and direction) of the Earth-Moon-spacecraft system is 4.23 10
3
N/kg
[1.26 from the spacecraft-to-Earth line].
6. r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
d
M
= 0.38d
E

g
E
= 9.8 N/kg
g
M
= 0.38g
E

Since Mercurys diameter is 0.38 times that of Earths, Mercurys radius is also 0.38 times that of Earth. Therefore,
r
M
= 0.38 r
E
.

( )
M
M
2
M
M
M
2
E
0.38
GM
g
r
GM
g
r
=
=

Substituting g
M
= 0.38 g
E
:

( )
( )( )
( ) ( )
M
E
2
E
2
E E
M
2
6
11 2 2
23
M
0.38
0.38
0.38 0.38
0.38 (9.80 N/kg) (0.38)(6.38 10 m)
6.67 10 N m /kg
3.3 10 kg
GM
g
r
g r
M
G
M
=
=
=

=

Therefore, Mercurys mass is 3.3 10
23
kg.
7. v = 7.15 10
3
m/s
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
(a)
E
GM
v
r
=

( )( )
( )
E
2
11 2 2 24
2
3
6
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg
7.15 10 m/s
7.80 10 m
GM
r
v
r
=

=
=

In terms of Earths radius, the satellites distance from Earths centre is

6
6
E
E
7.80 10 m
6.38 10 m
1.22
r
r
r r
=

Thus, the satellite is 1.22 r
E
from Earths centre.
(b)
E
altitude r r =

E E
E
1.22
altitude 0.22
r r
r
=
=

The satellite has an altitude of 0.22 r
E
.
8. v
Tethys
= 1.1 10
4
m/s
M
S
= 5.67 10
26
kg
(a)
S
GM
v
r
=

( )( )
( )
S
2
11 2 2 26
2
4
8 5
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.67 10 kg
1.1 10 m/s
3.1 10 m, or 3.1 10 km
GM
r
v
r
=

=
=

The orbital radius of Tethys is 3.1 10
5
km.
(b)
2 r
T
v
=

( )
8
4
5
2 3.1 10 m
1.1 10 m/s
1 h 1 d
(1.8 10 s)
3600 s 24 h
2.1 d T

=

=

=

The orbital period of Tethys is 2.1 d.
9. M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
T
V
= 1.94 10
7
m

S
S
2
3
S
2
V
2
3 V S
2
2
V S
3
2
7 2 11 2 2 30
3
2
11
4
4
4
(1.94 10 s) (6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.99 10 kg)
4
1.08 10 m
GM
C
r
C
T
T GM
r
T GM
r
r
=
=
=
=

=
=

The average Sun-Venus distance is 1.08 10
11
m.
10. M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
v = 9.00 km/s = 9.00 10
3
m/s
m
R
= 4.60 kg
(a) r = ?


( )( )
( )( )
( )
g K g K
2 E R E R
R
E
2 E E
E
2 E E
E
E
2 E
E
11 2 2 24
11 2 2 24
2
3
6
7
1
0
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
6.67 10 N m /s 5.98 10 kg
6.67 10 N m /s 5.98 10 kg
1
9.00 10 m/s
2 6.38 10 m
1.85 10 m
E E E E
GM m GM m
m v
r r
GM GM
v
r r
GM GM
v
r r
GM
r
GM
v
r
r

+ = +
+ = +
+ =
=

Let the altitude be A.

E
7 6
7
1.85 10 m 6.38 10 m
1.21 10 m
A r r
A
=
=
=

The altitude above Earths surface is 1.21 10
7
m or 1.21 10
4
km.
(b) At the altitude found in (a), the gravitational potential energy is negative, the kinetic energy is zero (because the speed
is zero), and the binding energy, E
B
, is the extra energy needed to give the rocket a total energy of zero.

( )( )( )
B g K
B g
E R
E R
11 2 2 24
7
7
B
0
6.67 10 N m /s 5.98 10 kg 4.60 kg
1.85 10 m
9.92 10 J
E E E
E E
GM m
r
GM m
r
E

+ + =

=

=

=

The binding energy is 9.92 10
7
J.
11. M
T
= 1.35 10
23
kg (mass of Titan)
r
T
= 2.58 10
3
km = 2.58 10
6
m
m
R
= 2.34 10
3
kg (mass of rocket)
(a) v
esc
= ? (escape speed)

( )( )
T
T
11 2 2 23
6
3
2
2 6.67 10 N m /s 1.35 10 kg
2.58 10 m
2.64 10 m/s
esc
esc
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

The escape speed from Titan is 2.64 10
3
m/s.
(b) E
esc
= ? (escape speed)

At the surface of Titan, the rocket is at rest, so its kinetic energy is zero. Thus, its total energy is E
g
and the escape
energy is the extra energy needed to give the rocket a total energy of zero.

( )( )( )
g esc
esc g
T R
T
T R
T
11 2 2 23 3
6
9
esc
0
6.67 10 N m /s 1.35 10 kg 2.34 10 kg
2.58 10 m
8.17 10 J
E E
E E
GM m
r
GM m
r
E
+ =
=

=

=

=
=

The escape energy is 8.17 10
9
J. This value can also be found by using the escape speed of the rocket in the equation
( )
2
K R esc
1
2
E m v = .
12. M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
m
R
= 1.00 10
4
kg
r
R
= 1.00 10
10
m
(a) E
g
= ?

( )( )( )
E R
g
R
11 2 2 24 4
10
8
g
6.67 10 N m /s 5.98 10 kg 1.00 10 kg
1.00 10 m
3.99 10 J
GM m
E
r
E
=

=
=

The gravitational potential energy is 3.99 10
8
J.
(b) Since the total energy, E
K
+ E
g
, must be at least zero, the kinetic energy needed to escape is +3.99 10
8
J.
(c) v
esc
= ?

( )( )
E
esc
R
11 2 2 24
10
2
esc
2
6.67 10 N m /s 5.98 10 kg
1.00 10 m
2.82 10 m/s
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

The escape speed from this position is 2.82 10
2
m/s. The escape speed can also be found by applying the escape
energy found in (b) to the equation involving the kinetic energy,
K
esc
2E
v
m
= , where E
K
= E
esc
.
13. M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 1.49 10
11
m

( )( )( )
S E
g
E
11 2 2 30 24
11
33
g
6.67 10 N m /kg 1.99 10 kg 5.98 10 kg
1.49 10 m
5.33 10 J
GM M
E
r
E
=

=
=

The gravitational potential energy of the Sun-Earth system is 5.33 10
33
J.
14. (a) M
M
= 3.28 10
23
kg
r
M
= 2.44 10
6
m

( )( )
M
M
11 2 2 23
6
3
2
2 6.67 10 N m /kg 3.28 10 kg
2.44 10 m
4.23 10 m/s, or 4.23 km/s
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

The escape speed from Mercury is 4.23 km/s.
(b) M
Moon
= 7.35 10
22
kg
r
Moon
= 1.74 10
6
m

( )( )
Moon
Moon
11 2 2 22
6
3
2
2 6.67 10 N m /kg 7.35 10 kg
1.74 10 m
2.37 10 m/s, or 2.37 km/s
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

The escape speed from Earths Moon is 2.37 km/s.
15. (a) M
star
= 3.4 10
30
kg
r
star
=
4
3
1.7 10 m
8.5 10 m
2
=

( )( )
star
star
11 2 2 30
3
8
2
2 6.67 10 N m /kg 3.4 10 kg
8.5 10 m
2.3 10 m/s
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

The escape speed from a neutron star is 2.3 10
8
m/s.
(b) c = 3.00 10
8
m/s

8
8
2.3 10 m/s
3.00 10 m/s
0.77
v
c
v
c
=

Thus, the percentage equals 100% 77%
v
c

=

.
The escape speed from a neutron star is 77% the speed of light.
16. (a) r =
7
7
5.06 10 m
2.53 10 m
2
=
v = 24 km/s = 2.4 10
4
m/s

( )( )
( )
2
2
7 4
11 2 2
26
2
2
2.53 10 m 2.4 10 m
2 6.67 10 N m /kg
1.1 10 kg
GM
v
r
rv
M
G
M
=
=

=

=

The planets mass is 1.1 10
26
kg.
(b) According to the data in Appendix C, the planet is Neptune. (There is a 6% difference in mass from Appendix C.)
17. M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
M
P
= 1.67 10
27
kg
r = 1.4 10
9
m (initial position)
v = 3.5 10
5
m/s (initial speed)
(a) r = 2.8 10
9
m (final position)
v = ? (final speed)


( )
( )
( )
( )( ) ( )
2
11 2 2 30 5
8 9
g K g K
2
2 S P S P
P P
2
2 S S
2
2
S
2
S
5
1 1
2 6.67 10 N m /s 1.99 10 kg 3.5 10 m/s
2.8 10 m 1.4 10 m
1 1
2 2
1 1
2 2
1 1
2
1 1
2
1.7 10 m/s
E E E E
GM m GM m
m v m v
r r
GM GM
v v
r r
v GM v
r r
v GM v
r r
v
= +

+ = +
+ = +
+ = +

= +

= +

=

The protons speed is 1.7 10
5
m/s.
(b) v
esc
= ? (escape speed at the final position)

S
esc
11 2 2 30
9
5
esc
2
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.99 10 kg)
2.8 10 m
3.1 10 m/s
GM
v
r
v
=

The escape speed is 3.1 10
5
m/s at the location indicated; this is greater than the speed found in (a), so the proton will
not escape.
18. When light strikes a piece of black paper, a small portion of the light is reflected. However, when light strikes a black
hole, the light is absorbed, making the black hole even blacker than black paper.
19. m = 1.1 10
11
M
S

M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
c =
8
3.00 10 m/s

2
11 2 2 11 30
8 2
14
2
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.1 10 (1.99 10 kg))
(3.00 10 m/s)
3.2 10 m
GM
r
c
r
=

=
=

The Schwartzschild radius of the black hole is 3.2 10
14
m.
20. Table 1 provides the missing answers concerning some of the moons of Uranus.
(a) Keplers third law constant for Uranus (C
U
) can be calculated using the ratio
3
2
r
T
.
(b) The average of the C
U
values of the calculations in (a) is 1.48 10
14
m
3
/s
2
.
(c) M
U
= 8.80 10
25
kg

U
U
2
11 2 2 25
2
14 3 2
U
4
(6.67 10 N m / kg )(8.80 10 kg)

4
1.49 10 m /s
GM
C
C
=

=
=

The values agree (0.7% difference).
(d) Table completed using equations
3
U
r
T
C
= and
2
3
U
r C T = .
(e) Students who speculate that only the larger moons can be observed using Earth-based telescopes are right. Thus, only
the larger moons were discovered hundreds of years ago. Students who research the physical data of the moons that
orbit Uranus will find that Titania and Oberon have diameters greater than 1500 km, whereas all the other moons listed
are less than 100 km in diameter.

Table 1 Data of Several Moons of the Planet Uranus for Question 20
Moon Discovery r
average
(km) T (Earth days) C
U
(m
3
/s
2
)
Ophelia Voyager 2 (1986)

5.38 10
4

0.375

1.48 10
14

Desdemona Voyager 2 (1986)

6.27 10
4

0.475

1.46 10
14

Juliet Voyager 2 (1986)

6.44 10
4

0.492

1.48 10
14

Portia Voyager 2 (1986)

6.61 10
4

0.512

1.48 10
14

Rosalind Voyager 2 (1986)

6.99 10
4

0.556

1.48 10
14

Belinda Voyager 2 (1986)

7.52 10
4

0.621

1.48 10
14

Titania Herschel (1787)

4.36 10
5

8.66

1.48 10
14

Oberon Herschel (1787)

5.85 10
5

13.46

1.48 10
14

21. (a) Some students may think the problem makes sense. However, many students will realize that the (theoretical) radius of
an orbit that has a period of 65 min would be less than Earths radius. (Students may recall that the typical orbital
period of a satellite in low-altitude orbit is about 80 min. For example, see question 22 on page 168 of the text.)
(b) M
E
= 5.98 10
24
kg
T = 65 min = (65 min)(60 s/min) = 3.90 10
3
s
r = ?

( )( )( )
3
E
2 2
3 2 E
2
2
E
3
2
2
11 2 2 24 3
3
2
6
4
4
4
6.67 10 N m /s 5.98 10 kg 3.90 10 s
4
5.36 10 m
GM r
T
GM
r T
GM T
r
r
=

=

=

=
=

The theoretical radius of the orbit is 5.36 10
6
m.
(c) Earths radius (6.38 10
6
m) is larger than the theoretical radius found in (b), so the calculated orbit cannot exist.
(d) The skill of analyzing a situation is valuable in order to reduce the chances of wasting time on calculations that dont
make sense and to increase the chances of being able to estimate whether or not a solution to a problem is logical.
22. (a) The rockets mass can be calculated from the gravitational potential energy at rest (on Earths surface at r
E
). From the
graph E
g
= 10 10
10
J = 1.0 10
11
J.

( )( )
( )( )
E
g
g
E
6 11
11 2 2 24
3
6.38 10 m 1.0 10 J
6.67 10 N m /kg 5.98 10 kg
1.6 10 kg
GM m
E
r
rE
m
GM
m
=

=

=

The rockets mass is 1.6 10
3
kg.
(b) The escape energy can be determined using the value of gravitational potential energy at rest (1.0 10
11
J).
(c) The launch speed of the rocket can be calculated using the value of the initial kinetic energy E
K
(on Earths surface at
r
E
). From the graph E
K
= 12 10
10
J = 1.2 10
11
J.

2
K
K
11
3
4
1
2
2
2(1.2 10 J)
1.6 10 kg
1.2 10 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=

The launch speed is 1.2 10
4
m/s.
(d) Extrapolating from the graph, the kinetic energy E
K
, approaches 2.0 10
10
J as the distance approaches infinity, where
E
g
would approach zero. This can be approximated: at 5r
E
, the kinetic energy is 4.0 10
10
J and E
g
is 2.0 10
10
J.

2
K
K
10
3
3
1
2
2
2(2.0 10 J)
1.6 10 kg
5.0 10 m/s
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=

The speed is 5.0 10
3
m/s.
Making Connections
23. (a) Turning the high-speed craft around would require a fairly large amount of energy, so mission control decided to have
the craft continue on toward the Moon. The idea was to take advantage of the Moons gravity to act as a sort of sling-
shot to help the craft accelerate in turning around and begin its return journey at the highest speed possible.
(b) One major risk was the chance that there would not be enough electrical power available to guide the craft around the
Moon at the most crucial times.
Extension
24. Let L represent the large planet and S represent the small planet.
r
L
= 2r
S

D
L
= D
S
(densities)

Thus, using V for volume, the ratio of the masses is:

S S S
L L L
S
L
3
S
3
L
3
S
3
L
3
S
L
4
3
4
3
1
2
m D V
m D V
V
V
r
r
r
r
m
m
=
=

=

=

=

The centripetal acceleration of the satellite is caused by the force of gravity in each case. Thus, using magnitudes:

2 2
c
2
4 mv mr
F ma
r T
= = =

2
2 2
3
2 2
2 2
3
2 2
L
3
L L
2 2
S
3
S S
3 2
S S L
3 2
L L
2 3
S L L
2 3
L S
3
2 2 S L
L S
3
L
3 3
2 2
L S
2 2
L S
L S
4
4
4
4
4
2 1
1 2
S
S
S
GMm mr
r T
r GM
T
T
GM r
T
Gm r
T
Gm r
r m T
m r T
m T r
m T r
m r
T T
m r
T T
T T
T T
=
=
=

=

=
=

=

=

=
=

The shortest possible period is 40 min.
25. Since the radius of the path is 2.0 10
11
m, the distance between the stars is 2(2.0 10
11
m) = 4.0 10
11
m,
M
S
= 3.0 10
30
kg (mass of each star). The only force acting on each star is the force of gravity of the other star, which
causes the circular motion of one star around the other.

( )
( )
( )( )
c
2
S S S
2
2
S
2
2 S
2
S
2 2
S
2
2 3
2
S
2 3
S
3
2 11
11 2 2 30
7
2
4
4
2
4
4
4
16
16
16 2.0 10 m
6.67 10 N m /s 3.0 10 kg
7.9 10 s
F ma
GM M M v
r
r
GM v
r r
GM
v
r
GM r
r T
GM r
r T
r
T
GM
r
T
GM
T
=
=
=
=

=

=
=
=
=

=

The period of one complete cycle is 7.9 10
7
s.
26. E is the amount of energy per unit area, and that area is proportional to
2
1
r
, where r is the distance from the Sun to the
planet, so:

2
2
1
E
r
k
E
r
=

From Keplers third law:

3
2
3 2
2 4
2
3 3
r
C
T
r CT
r C T
=
=
=
where C is Keplers third law constant for the Sun

Substituting into the first equation:

2 4
3 3
2 4
3 3
4
3
(constant)
k
E
C T
E kC T
E T

=
=
=

Thus, E is proportional to
4
3
T

. (Solving for the constant is unnecessary.)

Copyright 2003 Nelson Unit 2 Performance Task 387
UNIT 2 PERFORMANCE TASK

SAFETY IN TRANSPORTATION AND SPORTS
(Pages 302303)

The three options in this task relate most directly to the principles studied in Chapters 4 and 5. Thus, a good time to discuss the
options with the students is at the start of Chapter 5. Share with the students the method of assessment you intend to use with
the task.
The first two options are research-oriented. Option 1 involves a sport, activity, or piece of equipment of the students own
choice. Option 2 is somewhat more complex because the students are required to identify the social issues involved before
they research and analyze them. Option 3 is a hands-on option that is an alternative to the typical egg-drop device.
Option 1: Protective Equipment in Sports and Recreational Activities
In this option, some students will analyze the safety equipment used in a particular sport or activity, such as hockey or
bicycling. Other students will analyze the physics principles involved in the use of a particular piece of equipment, such as a
safety helmet, used in several sports and activities. In both cases, students should relate what they discover to the principles
presented in Chapters 4 and 5, especially collisions in which energy and momentum play an important role.
Students will likely find that the Internet is the best resource for this task.
Option 2: Vehicle Safety Features
Vehicle safety is an important issue in our society, and students will benefit from analyzing the issue and relating it to the
physics principles in Chapters 4 and 5. Energy, momentum, and collisions are the topics most closely related to vehicle safety.
Students can refer to Appendix A3, text pages 765766, for suggestions about decision making and defining, researching,
and analyzing issues. Students can find information about vehicle safety in reference books, in automobile magazines, and on
the Internet.
Option 3: The Bouncing Egg
This option applies many of the principles of Chapters 4 and 5, especially the law of conservation of energy, Hookes law, and
the physics of collisions. The task can be started in conjunction with Section 4.5.
As in the case with the model roller coaster (Unit 1 Performance Task, Option 1), it is wise to develop the criteria used to
evaluate the success of the device before the students begin their task. Some of the quantitative criteria might be:
height of the drop
number of clear bounces
ability of the device to remain within a horizontal circle of predetermined diameter during its bounces
a maximum allowable mass
maximum allowable outside dimensions (e.g., the device must be able to fit inside a 4-L bucket)

Some of the qualitative criteria might be:
originality/creativity
obvious protection of the egg
wise use of materials
aesthetic appeal

Students can refer to Appendix A4, text page 767, for a summary of technological problem solving.
Analysis
As in the Unit 1 Performance Task, the answers to the Analysis questions depend on various factors, particularly the choice of
options. With any of the three options, students are urged to create their own questions and answer them, a feature that helps to
make the task more open-ended.
Evaluation
Here the students evaluate their own task. Answers will depend on the option chosen.


UNIT 2 SELF QUIZ

(Pages 304306)
True/False
1. F One joule is one kilogram metre squared per second squared.
2. T
3. F The thermal energy will be the same if the size of the force of kinetic friction is the same.
4. F The impulse is the change in momentum.
5. T
6. F The only type of collision in which momentum is not conserved is one with a net external force.
7. F The gravitational field strength is inversely proportional to the square of the distance.
8. F The work done on the satellite by Earth is zero.
9. F The geocentric model has Earth at the centre of the universe.
10. F The Sun is located at one focus of a planets orbit.
11. F The speed in orbit depends on the location in the elliptical orbit.
12. F A black hole has an extremely strong gravitational field.
13. T
14. F No form of electromagnetic radiation can escape.
Multiple Choice
15. (c) Assuming a mass of 75 kg, and a height of 1.8 m:

g
2
3
(75 kg)(9.8 m/s )(1.8 m)
1.3 10 J
W E
mg y
W
=
=
=
=

The power of 10 is 10
3
.

16. (c) 0
y
F ma = =

N A
N A
sin cos 0
cos sin
F F mg
F mg F

+ =
=

17. (a) 0
x
F ma = =

A K
K
A
cos sin 0
sin
cos
F mg F
F mg
F

=
+
=

Copyright 2003 Nelson Unit 2 Self Quiz 389
18. (d) ( cos ) W F d =

A
cos ( ) W F L =

Since sin
h
L
=

sin
h
L
=
Therefore,
A
cos
sin
F h
W

= .
19. (e) The force is always perpendicular to the motion.
20. (c)
2
K
1
2 5
m
E m v

= +

2
2
K
(0.5)(1.2 )
0.6
m v
E mv
=
=

2
K
2
2
2
K K
1
(0.80 )
2 5 5
(0.5)(1.4 )(0.64 )
0.448
0.75(0.6 )
0.75
m m
E m v
m v
mv
mv
E E

= + +

=
=
=
=

21. (e) All three stones have the same initial total energy, and they all lose the same amount of gravitational energy. Therefore,
they will all have the same increase in kinetic energy when they reach the water (even though they will reach the water
at different times).
22. (d)
23. (c) To conserve momentum, the same mass must have the same velocity if all of the energy was given to the billiard ball
that was stationary.
24. (a) Escape speed is defined as the speed needed to escape from the surface. The current kinetic energies of the rockets are
not relevant.
25. (c) The initial kinetic and gravitational energies are the same, giving a total energy of zero.
26. (a) Escape energy is defined as the energy needed to escape from the surface. The current kinetic energies of the rockets
are not relevant.
27. (d) The gravitational field is proportional to
2
1
r
.
28. (d)
3
r M
Completion
29. (a) Galileo Galilei
(b) Johannes Kepler
(c) James Prescott Joule
(d) Tycho Brahe
(e) Robert Hooke
(f) Karl Schwartzschild
30. (a) work
(b) the force constant of a spring
(c) impulse
(d) force
(e) thermal energy
(f) the mass of Earth
31. completely inelastic; equals; completely inelastic collision
32. zero
33. a singularity; Schwartzschild radius

Matching
34. (a) A
(b) E
35.
impulse (e)
law of conservation of momentum (g)
kinetic energy (h)
thermal energy (j)
elastic potential energy (k)
escape speed (d)
gravitational potential energy (b)
Keplers third-law constant (a)
frequency of a mass spring system in SHM (m)

Copyright 2003 Nelson Unit 2 Review 391
UNIT 2 REVIEW

(Pages 307311)
1. One situation is a person carrying a book at a constant height across a level floor. A satellite in circular orbit or pushing
on a brick wall are two other examples.
2. The work done is transformed into another form of energy. One example is pushing a crate across a level floor. The work
done is transformed into thermal energy through friction.
3. Momentum and energy can be related as follows:

2
K
2 2
2
K
K
2
2
2
2
mv
E
m v
m
p
E
m
p mE
=
=
=
=

If both the baseball and the shot have the same kinetic energy, the shot will have a larger momentum because it has the
larger mass.
4. If both objects have the same kinetic energy, they both require the same amount of work done on them to stop them. If the
frictional force is the same and the work done is the same, the distance the frictional force acts is the same. Therefore, the
two toboggans will have the same stopping distance.
5. During the collision, the initial kinetic energy of the carts is stored as elastic potential energy in the spring.
6. Several common devices that can store elastic potential energy are an elastic band, a bow for shooting arrows, golf balls,
and a bungee cord.
7. Bumpers made of springs are impractical because the kinetic energy of the collision would be stored in the spring, and
then converted back into kinetic energy again. This last stage could project the car into oncoming traffic or concrete
barriers and cause further collisions.
8. One possibility is:

9. m = 1.5 10
3
kg
d = 0.5 m
F = 3.5 10
5
N
h = ?

Using conservation of energy:

T T
5
3
( 0.50 m)
( 0.50 m)
0.50 m
(3.5 10 N)(0.50 m)
0.50 m
(1.5 10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
11 m
E E
mg y F d
mg h F d
F d
h
mg
F d
h
mg
h
=
=
+ =
+ =
=

The pile driver must start from a height of 11 m above the pile.
10. m = 10.0 kg
(a) d = b = 2.00 m
W = ?

The work done is equal to the area under the graph, therefore:

1
1
2
1
(2.00 m)(10 N)
2
1.0 10 J
W bh
W
=
=
=

The amount of work done is 1.0 10
1
J.
(b) d = b = 3.00 m
E
K
= ?

The change in E
K
will be equal to the work done, therefore:

K
1
K
1
2
1
(2.00 m)(10 N) (10 N)(3.00 m 2.00 m)
2
2.0 10 J
E W
bh lw
E
=
= +
= +
=

The blocks kinetic energy is 2.0 10
1
J, or 20 J.
(c) d = 3.00 m
E
K
= 20 J
v = ?

2
K
K
1
2
2
2(20 J)
(10.0 kg)
2.0 m/s [W]
E mv
E
v
m
v
=
=
=
=

The velocity at the 3.00-m mark is 2.0 m/s [W].

11. W = E
K
= 1.25 10
4
J
v = 50.0 m/s
(a) m = ?

2
K
K
2
4
2
1
2
2
2(1.25 10 J)
(50.0 m/s)
10.0 kg
E mv
E
m
v
m
=
=
=
=

(b) d = 5.00 m
F = ?

4
3
1.25 10 J
5.00 m
2.50 10 N [E]
W F d
W
F
d
F
=
=
=
=

A constant force of 2.50 10
3
N [E] would give the object the same final velocity.
12. m = 5.0 kg
E
K
= 5.0 10
2
J
p = ?

2
K
2 2
2
K
K
2
2
2
2
2
2(5.0 kg)(5.0 10 J)
71 kg m/s
mv
E
m v
m
p
E
m
p mE
p
=
=
=
=
=
=

The momentum of the sled is 71 kgm/s.
13. x
1
= 0.10 m
F = 5.0 N
m = 4.5 kg
v = 2.0 m/s
x
2
= ?

First we must find the force constant of the spring:

5.0 N
0.10 m
50 N/m
F kx
F
k
x
k
=
=
=
=

Using the law of conservation of energy:

T T
2 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
(4.5 kg)(2.0 m/s)
50 N/m
0.60 m
E E
mv kx
mv
x
k
x
=
=
=
=
=

The maximum compression of the spring will be 0.60 m.
14. x = 2.00 cm = 0.0200 m
(a) E
e
= ?

2
e
2
2
e
1
2
1
(50.0 N/m)(0.0200 m)
2
1.00 10 J
E kx
E

=
=
=

The elastic potential energy is 1.00 10
2
J.
(b) x
i
= 0.0200 m
x
f
= 6.00 cm = 0.0600 m
E
e
= ?

( ) ( )
( )
2 2
e f i
2 2
f i
2 2
2
e
1 1
2 2
1
( )
2
1
(50.0 N/m) 0.0600 m 0.0200 m
2
8.00 10 J
E kx kx
k x x
E

=
=
=
=

The change in elastic potential energy is 8.00 10
2
J.
(c) m = 4.00 kg
v = ?

T T
2 2
2
2
1 1
2 2
(50.0 N/m)(0.0600 m)
0.400 kg
0.671 m/s
E E
kx mv
kx
v
m
v
=
=
=
=
=

The cart leaves the spring at a speed of 0.671 m/s.
15. When a small object bounces off a larger stationary object, the change in momentum is greater than if the object sticks to
it. If the collision takes the same amount of time, the force applied will therefore have to be much larger (twice as much).
When riot police use rubber bullets, the rubber bullet exerts a large force on the person or object it hits.
16. When the net force consists of only one force, impulse is a very useful tool in analyzing the changes in motion produced
by that force.

17. m = 78 kg
t = 1 min = 60 s
v
1
= 24 m/s
v
2
= 0 m/s
F = ?

2 1
( )
78 kg(0 m/s 24 m/s)
60 s
31 N
F t p
m v v
F
t
F
=
=
=

The magnitude of the force is 31 N.
18. Let the subscript D represent the dog and W represent the wagon.
m
D
= 9.5 kg
v
D
= 1.2 m/s
v
W
= 3.0 m/s
m
W
= ?

Using the conservation of momentum:

D D W W
D D
W
W
W
0
(9.5 kg)(1.2 m/s)
3.0 m/s
3.8 kg
p p
m v m v
m v
m
v
m
=
= +

=
=

The mass of the wagon is 3.8 kg.
19. m
1
= 2.4 kg
v
1
= 1.5 m/s [W]
m
2
= 3.6 kg
(a) E
T
= ?

T K
2
1 1
2
T
1
2
1
(2.4 kg)(1.5 m/s)
2
2.7 J
E E
m v
E
=
=
=
=

The total energy of the system before the system is 2.7 J.
(b) v = ?

1 1 1 1 2 2
0
p p
m v m v m v
=
+ = +

At minimum separation, the two velocities of the carts will be the same, therefore:

1 1 1 2
1 1
1 2
( )
(2.4 kg)(1.5 m/s)
2.4 kg 3.6 kg
0.60 m/s [W]
m v m m v
m v
v
m m
v
= +
=
+
=
+
=

The velocity of each cart will be 0.60 m/s [W].

(c) E
K
= ?

K KT KT
2 2 2
1 1 1 2 1 1
2 2 2
K
1 1 1
2 2 2
1 1 1
(2.4 kg)(0.60 m/s) (3.6 kg)(0.60 m/s) (2.4 kg)(1.5 m/s)
2 2 2
1.6 J
E E E
m v m v m v
E
=

= +

= +

=

The change in total kinetic energy of the system is 1.6 J.
(d) x = 12 cm = 0.12 m
k = ?

( )
2
e
e
2
2
2
1
2
2
2(1.62 J)
0.12 m
2.2 10 N/m
E kx
E
k
x
k
=
=
=
=

The force constant of the spring is 2.2 10
2
N/m.
20. m
1
= 1.2 kg
m
2
= 4.8 kg
k = 2.4 10
3
N/m
v
2
= 2.0 m/s
x = ?

First we must find the speed of the 1.2-kg trolley:

1 1 2 2
2 2
1
1
1
0
(4.8 kg)(2.0 m/s)
(1.2 kg)
8.0 m/s
p p
m v m v
m v
v
m
v
=
= +

=
=
=

We can now calculate the force constant:

e K1 K2
2 2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2
3
1 1 1
2 2 2
(1.2 kg)( 8.0 m/s) (4.8 kg)(2.0 m/s)
2.4 10 N/m
0.20 m
E E E
kx m v m v
m v m v
x
k
x
= +
= +
+
=
+
=
=

The force constant of the spring is 0.20 m.
21. Choose right as positive.
m
1
= 15 kg
v
1
= 6.0 m/s
m
2
= 25 kg
v
2
= 3.0 m/s
v
2
= ?

(a) v
1

= 0.30 m/s

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1
2
2
2 2 1 1 1
2
1 1 1
2
2
2
( )
( )
15 kg( 6.0 m/s ( 0.30 m/s))
3.0 m/s
25 kg
0.42 m/s [right], or 0.42 m/s [left]
p p
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
v
m
m v m v v
m
m v v
v
m
v
=
+ = +
+
=
+
=

= +

= +
=

The velocity of the 25-kg object would be 0.42 m/s [left].
(b) v
1
= 0.45 m/s

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1
2
2
2 2 1 1 1
2
1 1 1
2
2
2
( )
( )
15 kg( 6.0 m/s 0.45 m/s)
3.0 m/s
25 kg
p p
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
v
m
m v m v v
m
m v v
v
m
v
=
+ = +
+
=
+
=

= +

= +
=

(c) Since the objects stick together, their final velocities will be equal to each other, therefore:

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 2
1 1 2 2
1 2
( )
(15 kg)( 6.0 m/s) (25 kg)(3.0 m/s)
15 kg 25 kg
p p
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m m v
m v m v
v
m m
v
=
+ = +
+ = +
+
=
+
+
=
+
=

22. m
1
= 1.4 10
4
kg
v
2
= 2.5 10
4
m/s
v
1
= 2.0 10
1
m/s
First we must calculate the mass of the sled and the rocket combined:

1 1 2 2
1 1
2
2
4
4
2
0
(1.4 10 kg)(50 m/s)
2.5 10 m/s
28 kg
p p
m v m v
m v
m
v
m
=
= +

=

=

=

The total mass required is 28 kg. At 10 kg/s, it will take 28 10 2.8 s = to burn that much fuel.

23. m
1
= 2.3 kg
v
1
= 18 m/s [E]
v
2
= 19 m/s [W]
v = 3.1 m/s
m
2
= ?

Choose east as positive. Using the conservation of momentum:

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
p p
m v m v m v m v
=
+ = +

Since it is a completely inelastic collision
1 2
v v v = = , therefore:

2 2 2 1 1 1
2 2 1 1
1 1
2
2
2
( ) ( )
( )
( )
(2.3 kg)(3.1 m/s 18 m/s)
19 m/s 3.1 m/s
1.6 kg
m v m v m v m v
m v v m v v
m v v
m
v v
m
=
=

=

=

=

The mass of the second bird is 1.6 kg.
24.
1
v v =

2
1
2
0
5
?
v
v
v
m
=
=
=

1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
2 2
1
1 1
0
( )
(Equation 1)
p p
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v m v
m v
m
v v
=
+ = +
+ = +
=
=
=

T T
2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 2 2
2
2 2
1
2 2
1 1
2
2 2
1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
0
( )
(Equation 2)
( )( )
E E
m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
m v v m v
m v
m
v v
m v
m
v v v v
=
+ = +
+ = +
=
=
=
+

Set Equations 1 and 2 equal to each other:

2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
2
1 1
2 1 1
2
( )( )
1
5
4
(Equation 3)
5
m v m v
v v v v v v
v
v v
v v v
v
v
v v

=
+
=
+
= +

= +

=


2 2
1
1 1
1
4
5
5
4
5
6
5
2
3
m v
m
v v
m v
v
v
mv
v
m m
=

=

=

=

The mass of the second nucleus is
2
3
m .
25. The total momentum before and after must be the same. The two initial momentum vectors will be the components of the
final momentum vector. The dotted line on the diagram represents the direction after. A completely inelastic collision
means they will stick together.

m
2
= 2.0 10
3
kg
2
v
= 2.4 10
1
m/s [E]
m
1
= 3.6 10
3
kg
1
v
= 1.0 10
1
m/s [S]
v = ?

First we must calculate the initial momentum of each vehicle. For the truck:

1 1 1
3 1
4
1
(3.6 10 kg)(1.0 10 m/s)
3.6 10 kg m/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

For the car:

2 2 2
3 1
4
2
(2.0 10 kg)(2.4 10 m/s)
4.8 10 kg m/s
p m v
p
=
=
=

The momentum of the car and truck coupled together after the collision:

2 2
12 1 2
4 2 4 2
4
12
(3.6 10 kg m/s) (4.8 10 kg m/s)
6.0 10 kg m/s
p p p
p
= +
= +
=

To calculate the final velocity of the car and truck coupled together:

12 12 12
12
12
12
4
3 3
12
6.0 10 kg m/s
3.6 10 kg 2.0 10 kg
10.714 m/s
11 m/s
p m v
p
v
m
v
=
=

=
+
=
=

1
2
1 1
2
4
1
4
tan
tan
3.6 10 kg m/s
tan
4.8 10 kg m/s
37
p
p
p
p
=

=

=

=

The final speed of the cars is 11 m/s [37 S of E].
26. (a) m
1
= 2.3 10
4
kg
v
1
= 15 m/s [51 S of W]
m
2
= 1.2 104 kg
v = 11 m/s [35 S of W]

90 35 39
16

= + +
=

Units have been omitted until the final step for clarity. Using the cosine law:

2 2 2
2 1 12 1 12
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 1 1 12 12 1 1 12 12
2 2 2 2
1 1 12 12 1 1 12 12
2
2
2
4 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4
2 cos
2( )( ) cos
2( )( ) cos
(2.3 10 ) (15) (2.3 10 1.2 10 ) (11) 2(2.3 10 )(15)(2.3 10 1.2 10 )(11) cos16
(1.2 1
p p p p p
m v m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v m v
v
m
= +
= +
+
=
+ + +
=
4 2
2
0 )
9.0871 m/s
9.1 m/s v
=
=

1 2
1 1
2
1 1 1
2 2
4
1
4
sin sin
sin
sin
sin
sin
(2.3 10 kg)(15 m/s) sin16
sin
(1.2 10 kg)(9.0871 m/s)
61
p p
p
p
m v
m v

=

=

=

=

=

Since 61 35 = 26, the initial velocity of the second truck was 9.1 m/s [26 N of W].
(b) % lost = ?

T T
T
2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
2 2
1 1 2 2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 2 2 2
1 1
% lost 100%
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
100%
1 1
2 2
100%
100%
( ) ( )
E E
E
m v m v m v m v
m v m v
m v m v m v m v
m v m v
m v m v m v m v
m v m v
m v v m v v
m v

=

+ +

=
+
+
=
+
+
=
+
+
=
( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
2 2
2 2
2 2 2 2
4 4
4 2 4 2
(2.3 10 kg) 15 m/s 11 m/s (1.2 10 kg) 9.0871 m/s 11 m/s
100%
(2.3 10 kg)(15 m/s) (1.2 10 kg)(9.0871 m/s)
% lost 31%
m v +
+
=
+
=

The percentage of the initial kinetic energy lost is 31%.

27. = 180 25 = 155
m
1
= 82 kg
v
1
= 8.3 m/s [N]
m
2
= 95 kg
v
2
= 6.7 m/s [25 W of N]
m
3
= 85 kg
v = ?

2 2 2
1 2 1 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
2 2 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
2
2 cos
2( )( ) cos
2( )( ) cos
(82 kg) (8.3 m/s) (95 kg) (6.7 m/s) 2(82 kg)(8.3 m/s)(95 kg)(6.7 m/s) cos155
(82 kg 95 kg 85 kg)
4.9
p p p p p
m v m v m v m v m v
m v m v m v m v
v
m
v
= +
= +
+
=
+
=
+ +
= m/s

2
1 2
1 2 2
1
sin sin
sin
sin
sin
sin
(95 kg)(6.7 m/s) sin155
sin
(85 kg 95 kg 82 kg)(4.9 m/s)
12
p p
p
p
m v
mv

=

+ +

=

The final velocity of the combined players is 4.9 m/s [12 W of N]
28. We are most likely to see a comet when it is moving at its fastest speed. When a comet is within the solar system, it is at
its closest approach to the sun which means most of the comets energy is in the form of kinetic energy.

29. The farther an orbiting vehicle is from Earth, the slower its speed. To increase the radius of orbit from a particular point,
the satellite would first need an increase in speed to increase its total energy. As it moved to a higher orbit, this additional
kinetic energy would be converted into gravitational potential energy. At the higher orbit, the speed of the vehicle would
be less than at the lower orbit.

GM
v
r
=
30. The speed required to escape from the surface of Earth is always 11.2 km/s. If a space craft is not on the surface of Earth,
it would not need that much speed. The term escape speed is defined as the launch speed necessary to just escape Earths
gravitational pull.
31. G = 6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2

M = 5.98 10
24
kg
r
E
= 6.38 10
6
m
g = ?

First we must calculate the radius of the satellites orbit:

2
2 E
6 5
6
2
6.55 10 km
6.38 10 m 6.55 10 m
7.035 10 m
r r
r
= +
= +
=

To calculate the gravitational acceleration:

2
11 2 2 24
6 2
2
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
(7.035 10 m)
8.06 m/s
GM
g
r
g
=

=
=

The magnitude of the gravitational acceleration is 8.06 m/s
2
.
32. Let the subscript X represent the unknown planet and E represent Earth.
m
X
= 0.25M
E
r
X
= 0.60r
E

g
X
= ?

E
E
2
E
X
X
2
X
E
2
E
E
2
E
E
X E
(0.25 )
(0.60 )
0.25
0.36
0.25
( )
0.36
0.69
GM
g
r
GM
g
r
G M
r
GM
r
g
g g
=
=
=

=

=
=

The surface gravitational acceleration of the unknown planet is 0.69g
E
.

33. G = 6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2

M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
r
S
= 6.96 10
8
m
r
E
= 1.49 10
11
m
g = ?

2
11 2 2 30
8 11 2
3
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.99 10 kg)
(6.96 10 m 1.49 10 m)
5.92 10 N/kg [toward the Sun]
GM
g
r
g
=

=
+
=

The gravitational field of the Sun at the position of Earth is 5.92 10
3
N/kg [toward the Sun].
34. Let the subscript M represent Mars, J represent Jupiter, and S represent the Sun.
(a) r
M
= 2.28 10
11
m
r
J
= 7.78 10
11
m
M
S
= 1.99 10
30
kg
T = ?

The radius of orbit will be:

M J
11 11
11
2
2.28 10 m 7.78 10 m
2
5.03 10 m
r r
r
r
+
=
+
=
=

To calculate the period:

3
S
2 2
2 3
S
2 11 3
11 2 2 30
8
4
4
4 (5.03 10 m)
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.99 10 kg)
1.9456 10 s
GM r
T
r
T
GM
T
=
=
=

=

8
1 hr 1 d 1 a
1.9456 10 s 6.16 a
3600 s 24 h 365.26 d
=
The period of the asteroids orbit in Earth years is 6.16 a.
(b) v = ?

11 2 2 30
11
4
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.99 10 kg)
5.03 10 m
1.62 10 m/s
GM
v
r
v
=

=
=

The speed of the asteroid is 1.62 10
4
m/s.

35. T = 24 h =
60 min 60 s
24 h
1 h 1 min
= 8.64 10
4
s
(a) M
N
= 1.03 10
26
kg
C = ?

2
11 2 2 26
2
14 3 2
4
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.03 10 kg)
4
1.74 10 m /s
GM
C
C
=

=
=

Keplers third-law constant is 1.74 10
14
m
3
/s
2
.
(b) r = ?

3
2
3 2
14 3 2 4 2 3
8
(1.74 10 m /s )(8.64 10 s)
1.09 10 m
r
C
T
r CT
r
=
=
=
=

The satellite must be 1.09 10
8
m from Neptune to maintain its circular orbit.
(c) 1.09 10
8
m 2.48 10
7
m =
7
8.4 10 m
1000
= 8.42 10
4
km
The altitude of the orbit is 8.42 10
4
km.
36. T = 1.77 d =
24 h 60 min 60 s
1.77 d
1 d 1 h 1 min
= 1.529 10
5
s
r = 4.22 10
8
m
M
J
= ?

3
J
2 2
2 3
J
2
2 8 3
11 2 2 5 2
27
J
4
4
4 (4.22 10 m)
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.529 10 s)
1.90 10 kg
GM r
T
r
M
GT
M
=
=
=

=

The mass of Jupiter is 1.90 10
27
kg.
37. (a) m = 5.32 10
26
kg
v = ?

T
K g
K g
2
11 2 2 23
6
3
0
0
1
2
2
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )(3.28 10 kg)
2.44 10 m
4.23 10 m/s
E
E E
E E
GMm
mv
r
GM
v
r
v
=
+ =
=

=

=

=
=

In order to escape, the minimum speed of the molecule must have been 4.23 10
3
m/s.

(b) v = ?

T g
K g g
K g
2
11 2 2 23
6
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 1
2 2
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(3.28 10 kg)
2(2.44 10 m)
2.12 10 m/s
E E
E E E
E E
GMm
mv
r
GM
v
r
v
=
+ =
=

=

=

=
=

The speed of the molecule in an orbit around Mercury would be 2.12 10
3
m/s.
(c) Let the subscript M represent Mercury and O represent the orbit.
v = ?

T T
K gL gO
2
M O
2
M O
M O
M M
M
11 2 2 23
6
3
1
2
1 1
2 2
1
2 2
2 1
2 1
2
3
2
3(6.67 10 N m /kg )(3.28 10 kg)
2(2.44 10 m)
3.67 10 m/s
E E
E E E
GMm GMm
mv
r r
GM GM
v
r r
v GM
r r
GM
r r
GM
r
v
=
+ =

+ =

=

=

=

=

=
=
The molecule would need to launch from the surface at a speed of 3.67 10
3
m/s.
(d) binding energy = ?

T g
11 2 2 23 26
6
19
1
binding energy
2
1
2
2
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(3.28 10 kg)(5.32 10 kg)
2(2.44 10 m)
binding energy 2.39 10 J
E E
GMm
r
GMm
r

= =

=

=

=
=

In this orbit, the molecules binding energy would be 2.39 10
19
J.

38. (a) Let the subscript J represent Jupiter, and B represent the black hole.
M
J
= 1.90 10
27
kg
M
B
= 85M
J
= 85(1.90 10
27
kg) = 1.615 10
29
kg
r = ?

For a black hole, the escape speed is the speed of light, c.

T
K g
K g
2
2
11 2 2 29
8 2
2
0
0
1
2
2
2(6.67 10 N m /kg )(1.615 10 kg)
(3.00 10 m/s)
2.4 10 m
E
E E
E E
GMm
mv
r
GM
r
v
r
=
+ =
=

=

=

=
=

The Schwartzschild radius of the black hole is 2.4 10
2
m.
(b) For a black hole, the escape speed is the speed of light, c = 3.00 10
8
m/s.
39.

40.

41. m = 0.55 kg
t = 0.020 s
(a) k = ?

From the diagram, there are 14 dots one cycle, therefore:

14(0.020 s)
0.28 s
T
T
=
=

To calculate the force constant:

( )
( )
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4 0.55 kg
0.28 s
2.8 10 N/m
m
T
k
m T
k
m
k
T
k
=
=
=
=
=

The force constant of the springs is 2.8 10
2
N/m.
(b) The results would be the same whether the paper was pulled quickly or slowly. The only value needed from the paper
is how many dots there are in each cycle. This can be determined at almost any speed. The only restrictions on speed
are that it must be slow enough to get at least one full cycle on the paper, and fast enough that the dots dont overlap
one another.
(c) The most likely source of error would be the friction between the paper and the puck.
(d) Safety considerations include exercising caution when using an electrical spark timer, handling the vibrating spring
coils carefully so as not to be pinched, and being careful not to receive a paper cut from the sliding paper.
42. (a) With no mass hanging from the spring, mark that point as zero. Suspend one weight from the accelerometer and mark
that point as 1g. Suspend a second weight and mark the bottom of the spring as 2g. Measure the distances between 0g
and 1g, and between 1g and 2g. They should be the same. Measure out the average of the two values beyond 2g and
mark 3g and 4g.
(b) Some possibilities are:
spinning in a circle with the accelerometer held horizontally
landing after jumping off a stool while holding the accelerometer
quickly lifting the accelerometer into the air
(c) Some possible answers are:
the bottom of a roller coaster ride
during a large swing
during a spin ride (if held horizontal)
43. m = 0.88 kg
k = 36 N/m
v = 0.22 m/s
d = 2.5 m
x = 3.6 cm = 0.036 m
(a) E
e
= ?
E
K
= ?

To calculate the elastic potential energy:

2
e
2
2
e
1
2
1
(36 N/m)(0.036 m)
2
0.02333 J
0.023 J, or 2.3 10 J
E kx
E

=
=
=
=

To calculate the kinetic energy:

2
K
2
2
K
1
2
1
(0.88 kg)(0.22 m/s)
2
0.02130 J
0.021 J, or 2.1 10 J
E mv
E

=
=
=
=

The elastic potential energy was 0.023 J and the kinetic energy was 0.021 J. The discrepancy in values was due to
energy lost in the form of sound and thermal energy.
(b) F
K
= ?

T T
K th
2
K
2
K
2
3
K
1
0
2
2
(0.88 kg)(0.22 m/s)
2(2.5 m)
8.5 10 N
E E
E E
mv F d
mv
F
d
F

=
=
=
=
=
=

The average kinetic friction is 8.5 10
3
N.
(c) Possible sources of error are:
a desk or track that is not levelled properly
the cart is not initially in contact with the wall
incorrect release of the trigger
Making Connections
44. (a) The jarring forces on your legs can be reduced when jogging by keeping your knees bent and allowing them to flex
with each step.
(b) By reducing the jarring, you reduce the forces applied internally in your legs. This helps prevent painful damage to
bones and tissue, such as cartilage, in the knee.
45. (a) An air bag is used to reduce injury in two primary ways. Because it is a bag, the force that stops a passenger in the car
is spread out over the entire surface of the body, not just a small area such as the points the hands contact on the
steering wheel. This reduces the pressure on the persons body. The second way the airbag reduces injury is by slowing
the person down over a longer period of time. This increase in stopping time significantly reduces the total force
required to bring the passenger to rest.
(b) Other safety devices that used to help are:
crumple zones in a car
snug fit and padding of any type of helmet
design of protective equipment (such as shin pads)
46. r = 2.7 10
20
m
T = 2.0 10
8
a =
8
365.26 d 24 h 3600 s
2.0 10 a
1 a 1 d 1 h
= 6.312 10
15
s
(a) M = ?

3
2 2
2 3
2
2 20 3
11 2 2 15 2
41
4
4
4 (2.7 10 m)
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(6.312 10 s)
2.9 10 kg
GM r
T
r
M
GT
M
=
=
=

=

The total mass of the stars at the hub of our galaxy is 2.9 10
41
kg.

(b)
41
11
30
2.9 10 kg
1.5 10
2.0 10 kg

The approximate number of stars that are the size of our Sun is 1.5 10
11
.
Extension
47. m
1
= 2.5 kg
v
1
= 2.3 m/s
m
2
= 2.0 kg
v
1
= ?
v
2
= ?

Choose right as positive.
Using the conservation of energy (units are omitted):

2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 2
1 2
2 2
1 2
1 1 1
2 2 2
2.5(2.3) 2.5 2.0
5.29 0.8 (Equation 1)
m v m v m v
m v m v m v
v v
v v
= +
= +
= +
= +

Using the conservation of momentum (units are omitted):

1 1 1 1 2 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(2.5)(2.3) 2.5 2.0
2.3 0.8
2.3 0.8 (Equation 2)
m v m v m v
v v
v v
v v
= +
= +
= +
=


2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2 2
2
2 2
2 2
2 2
5.29 (2.3 0.8 ) 0.8
5.29 (5.29 3.68 0.64 ) 0.8
0 3.68 1.44
0 ( 3.68 1.44 )
0, or 3 68 1 44 0
v v
v v v
v v
v v
v . . v
= +
= + +
= +
= +
= + =

Since
2
0 v = is not valid because it represents no change in speed, we use:

2
2
2
2
3 68 1 44 0
1.44 3.68
2.5556
2.6 m/s [right]
. . v
v
v
v
+ =
=
=
=


1
1
2.3 0.8(2.5556)
0.26 m/s [right]
v
v
=
=

The velocity of ball 1 is 0.26 m/s [right], and the velocity of ball 2 is 2.6 m/s [right].
48. Let the subscript b represent the bullet and w represent the block of wood.
m
b
= 4.0 g = 4.0 10
3
kg
v
b
= 5.0 10
2
m/s [N]
b
v = 1.0 10
2
m/s [N]
m
w
= 2.0 kg
d = 0.40 m

(a)
w
v = ?


b b b b w w
b b b b
w
w
b b b
w
3 2 2
w
0
( )
(4.0 10 kg)(5.0 10 m/s 1.0 10 m/s)
2.0 kg
0.80 m/s [N]
p p
m v m v m v
m v m v
v
m
m v v
m
v
=
+ = +

=

=

=
=

The wooden block moves at a velocity of 0.80 m/s [N] just after the bullet exits.
(b) E
K
= ?

2
K
2
K
1
2
1
(2.0 kg)(0.80 m/s)
2
0.64 J
E mv
E
=
=
=

The maximum kinetic energy of the block is 0.64 J.
(c) F
K
= ?

T T
K th
2
K
2
K
2
K
1
0
2
2
(2.0 kg)(0.80 m/s)
2(0.40 m)
1.6 N [N], or 1.6 N [S]
E E
E E
mv F d
mv
F
d
F
=
=
=
=
=
=

The average frictional force stopping the block is 1.6 N [S].
(d) E
K
= ?

( ) ( )
( )
K K2 K1
2 2
2 1
2 2
2 1
2 2
3 2 2
2
K
1 1
2 2
1
( )
2
1
(4.0 10 kg) 1.0 10 m/s 5.0 10 m/s
2
4.8 10 J
E E E
mv mv
m v v
E
=
=
=
=
=

The decrease in kinetic energy of the bullet is 4.8 10
2
J.
(e) The collision between the bullet and the block is not elastic, so most of the energy is lost to thermal energy.
49. Let the subscript P represent the plane, and B represent the barge.
m
P
= 1.0 Mg = 1.0 10
3
kg
m
B
= 2.0 Mg = 2.0 10
3
kg
v
P
= 5.0 10
1
m/s = 50 m/s
v
B
= 0.0 m/s

For the landing of the plane:

P P B B P B PB
P P B B
PB
P B
3
3 3
PB
( )
(1.0 10 kg)(50 m/s) 0
1.0 10 kg 2.0 10 kg
16.67 m/s
m v m v m m v
m v m v
v
m m
v
+ = +
+
=
+
+
=
+
=

To calculate the frictional force on the plane, and on the barge:

K
3
K
1
4
1
(1.0 10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
4
2450 N [backward]
F mg
F
=
=
=

By Newtons third law, F
K
= 2450 N [forward]

To calculate the acceleration of the plane:

P P
P
P
3
2
P
2450 N
1.0 10 kg
2.45 m/s
F m a
F
a
m
a
=
=

To calculate the acceleration of the barge:

B B
B
B
3
2
B
2450 N
2.0 10 kg
1.225 m/s
F m a
F
a
m
a
=
=
=
=

To calculate the distance the plane will travel during the landing:

2 2
f i P
2 2
f i
P
2 2
2
2
2
(16.67 m/s) (50 m/s)
2( 2.45 m/s )
453.5 m
v v a d
v v
d
a
d
= +
=

To calculate the distance the barge will travel during the landing:

2 2
f i B
2 2
f i
B
2 2
2
2
2
(16.67 m/s) (0 m/s)
2(1.225 m/s )
113.4 m
v v a d
v v
d
a
d
= +
=
=

Therefore, the required length of the barge is 453.5 m 113.4 m = 3.4 10
2
m.

50. Let the subscript C represent the chair.
(a) m
C
= ?
k = ?

For the empty chair:

( )
( )
2
2
2
2
2
C
2
2
C
2
2
4
4
4 ( 0)
0.901 s
4
0.901 s
m
T
k
m T
k
m
k
T
m
m
k
=
=
=
+
=
=

For masses on the chair:

2
2
2
2
2
C
2
2
4
4
4 ( )
m
T
k
m T
k
m
k
T
m m
k
T
=
=
=
+
=

To calculate the mass of the chair:

( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
2 2
C C
2 2
2
C
C
2
2
C
C
2
2
C
2
C
2
2
2
2
C
4 4 ( )
0.901 s
0.901 s
0.901 s
1
0.901 s
1
0.901 s
14.1 kg
1.25 s
1
0.901 s
15.2 kg
m m m
T
T m
m m
T m
m m
T
m m
m
m
T
m
+
=
= +
=

=

=

=

=

Similarly,

( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
C C C
2 2 2
2 2 2
C
2
2
23.9 kg 33.8 kg 45.0 kg
15.4 kg 15.4 kg 15.3 kg
1.44 s 1.61 s 1.79 s
1 1 1
0.901s 0.901s 0.901s
56.1 kg
15.4 kg
1.94s
1
0.901s
m m m
m
= = = = = =

= =

( )
( )
C
2
2
67.1 kg
15.3 kg
2.09 s
1
0.901s
m = =

To calculate the average value for the mass of the chair:

C
C
15.2 kg 15.4 kg 15.4 kg 15.3 kg 15.4 kg 15.3 kg
6
15.3 kg
m
m
+ + + + +
=
=

To calculate the spring constant:

( )
2
2
2
C
2
2
2
2
4
4
4 (15.3 kg)
0.901 s
744 N/m
m
T
k
m T
k
m
k
T
k
=
=
=
=
=

The mass of the chair is 15.3 kg, and the spring constant is 744 N/m.
(b) f = ?

Assuming a mass of 94 kg, we first calculate the period:

2
94 kg 15.3 kg
2
744 N/m
2.4 s
m
T
k
T
=
+
=
=

Since frequency is inversely proportional to period:

1
1
2.4 s
0.42 Hz
f
T
f
=
=
=

The frequency is 0.42 Hz.

(c) T
1
= 2.01 s
T
2
= 1.98 s
m = ?

2
2
2
2
2
4
4
m
T
k
m T
k
kT
m
=
=
=

( ) ( )
( )
2 1
2 2
2 1
2 2
2 2
2 1
2
2 2
2
4 4
( )
4
744 N/m
1.98 s 2.01 s
4
2.3 kg
m m m
kT kT
k
T T
m

=
=
=
=
=

The astronaut loses 2.3 kg
51. (a) Venus has the most circular orbit because its eccentricity is closest to zero. Pluto has the most elongated orbit because
its eccentricity is the highest.
(b)

(c)

(d) The typical elliptical orbits shown for most planets do not represent the true shape of the orbit. Most texts exaggerate
the length of the orbit for effect. Even the most elongated orbits have the Sun close to the centre of the ellipse.
52. Let the subscript X represent the planet and E represent Earth.
m
X
=
E
1
10
M
r
X
=
E
1
2
r
F
gE
= 6.1 10
2
N
F
gX
= ?

Half of the diameter also means half of the radius, therefore:

gE E
gE
E
F mg
F
m
g
=
=

Also,

E
E
2
E
X
X
2
X
E
2
E
E
2
E
E
X E
1
10
1
2
1
10
1
4
4
( )
10
0.4
GM
g
r
GM
g
r
G M
r
GM
r
g
g g
=
=

=

=

=
=

Substituting the value of m of the value of g
X
:

gX X
gE
E
E
gE
2
2
gX
(0.4 )
0.4
0.4(6.1 10 N)
2.4 10 N
F mg
F
g
g
F
F
=

=

=
=
=

The astronaut weighs 2.4 10
2
N on the new planet.

Sph4u Solutions (Unit 2)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sph4u Solutions (Unit 2)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Copyright 2003 Nelson Unit 2 Are You Ready?

= 14.2 N [22.5 below the horizontal]

= 75 N [22 below the horizontal]

= 75 N [32 above the horizontal]

= 24.1 N [parallel to the handle of the sleigh]

= 58 N [18 above the horizontal]

= 95.6 N [35 above the horizontal]

= 18.0 m/s [E]

times the annual energy output of the Chukha plant in Bhutan.

= , are shown in the table below.

You might also like